A Bibliography of Floristics in Southern California
By Robert F. Thorne
To search for a word or phrase, use the "Find" feature of your web
browser.
A BIBlIOGRAPHY OF FLORISTICS
IN SOUTHERN CAlIFORNIA
PART 1. liTERATURE PERTINENT TO ENTIRE
REGION
ROBERT F. THORNE
Rancho Santa Ana Botanic Garden
1500 North College Avenue, Claremont, California
91711
ABSTRACT: The author has compiled an extensive bibliography
containing literature pertinent to the floristics of southern California
derived, from his personal library and that of Rancho Santa Ana Botanic Garden.
Part 1 contains literature pertinent to the entire region of southern
California. Part 2 containing literature pertinent to local, named areas of
southern California, and Part 3 listing ongoing and floristic projects for
vascular plants are published simultaneously in the succeeding issue. Southern
California Botanists, Inc. have made the entire bibliography available as a
word-searchable file for downloading on the internet, at their website address
http://www.socalbot.org.
KEYWORDS: bibliography, floristics, southern
California.
At the 22nd Annual Southern California Botanists Symposium
at Fullerton on October 26, 1996, I lectured on southern California floristics,
and presented a preliminary bibliography of the literature pertinent to the
floristics of the southern part of the state. Since then, I have been adding
literature that I consider important to the development of our knowledge of the
floristics of southern California. Southern California is delimited much as in
A flora of southern California (Munz 1974): from Point Conception, Santa
Barbara County, eastward along the crests of such mountain ranges as the Santa
Ynez, Mt. Pinos, Tehachapi, and Piute, thence northward to little Lake and along
the eastern slopes of the Inyo and White mountains to the Deep Springs region.
In some instances, local floras north or west of these limits in Santa Barbara,
Kern, and Inyo counties are included as useful, as well as those of adjacent
areas of Nevada and Arizona.
I first examined the floristic literature in my personal
library, and that of the library of the Rancho Santa Ana Botanic Garden, while
reviewing the references cited in the various papers and books listed. Then, I
systematically examined the library holdings of Rancho Santa Ana Botanic
Garden's largely California journals as Aliso, Bulletin of the Southern
California Academy of Sciences, Crossosoma, El Aliso, Environment
Southwest, Environment West, Erythea, The Four Seasons, Fremontia, Leaflets of
Western Botany, Madro–o, Muhlenbergia, Pacific Discovery, Pittonia, and
Zoe.
The published bibliographies of Samuel Parish (1909e-1910a,
1920a) were most fruitful for early floristic literature. Unpublished theses and
floristic lists, government, and gray literature are included where these were
available to me, or where cited in published works. Jon KeeleyÕs Bibliography
on fire ecology and general biology of Mediterranean-type ecosystems, Vol. I:
California (1995) has been most helpful with theses and gray literature.
Also most productive of references were J.P. Smith, Jr.Õs California Vascular
Plants: literature on their identification and uses (1985), and M.S.
TaylorÕs California floristics: a preliminary bibliography of unpublished
checklists and reports (1982).
The present bibliography has been divided into two parts.
Part 1 contains literature bearing upon the entire region. Included are:
regional floras; general floras of California and southern California, and
adjacent states; monographs and revisions; ecological and phytogeographical
papers that may include floristic lists; some pertinent paleobotanical and
ethnobotanical studies; obituaries and biographies of floristicians working in
southern California, and; works on trees and shrubs, wild flowers, grasses,
weeds, escaped exotics, aquatic plants, poisonous plants, and other economically
or horticulturally significant plants.
Part 2 (in subsequent Volume 24 Number 2) includes the
literature with a specific or implied reference to counties, mountain ranges,
offshore islands, state or national parks and monuments, national forests,
ecological reserves, deserts, desert dunes and basins, or other smaller areas. A
list of ongoing floristic studies for the southern California region is provided
as Part 3 of this bibliography.
My list has grown from about 10 pages at the time of the
symposium, to more than 100 single-spaced pages herein, and the list is by no
means exhaustive. I hope that botanists examining the list will inform me of
critical omissions (especially their own papers), or errors. Such omissions and
future floristic literature will continue to be compiled. Future supplements are
envisioned. In order to increase the utility of this bibliography, Southern
California Botanists, Inc. have made it available for downloading on the
internet as a word-searchable file at their website address http://www.socalbot.org.
- Abell, D.L., editor. 1989. Proceedings of the California
riparian systems conference: protection, management, and restoration for the
1990s. USDA, Forest Serv., Pacific Southw. Forest and Range Exp. Sta. 544
p.
- Abrams, L. 1902. New or little known southern California
plants. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. l:67—69.
- ————. 1903.
New southern California plants. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
2:41—42.
- ————. 1904.
Quercus wislizeni in southern California. Bull. S. Calif. Acad.
Sci. 3:1—2.
- ————. 1905,
1907a, 1910a. Studies on the flora of southern California--I. Bull. Torrey
Bot. Club 32:537—541 (1905); II. idem 34:263—265. (1907); III. idem 37:149—153
(1910).
- ————. 1906.
Two new southwestern species of Penstemon. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 33:445—446.
- ————. 1907b.
A new maple from southern California. Torreya 7:217—219.
- ————. 1910b.
A phytogeographic and taxonomic study of the southern California trees and
shrubs. Bull. New York Bot. Gard. 6:300—485.
- ————. 1912.
The Monardellas of southern California. Muhlenbergia 8:26—36, 37—44.
- ————. 1915.
The deserts and desert floras of the west, p. 168—176. In:
J. Grinnell, Nature and science on the Pacific Coast. P. Elder, Pacific Coast
Comm., Assoc. Adv. Sci., San Francisco.
- ————.
1923—1960. Illustrated flora of the Pacific states, Washington,
Oregon, and California. 4 vols. Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, Calif. (4th
Vol., with R. Ferris).
- ————. 1925.
The origin and geographical affinities of the flora of California.
Ecology 6:1—6.
- ————. 1926.
Endemism and its significance in the California flora. Proc. Intern. Congr.
Plant Sci. 2:1520—1523.
- ————. 1934a.
The Mahonias of the Pacific states. Phytologia 1:89—94.
- ————. 1934b.
Notes on some type specimens of Arctostaphylos. Leafl. W. Bot.
l:84—87.
- ————. 1949.
Alice Eastwood--western botanist. Pacific Disc. 2(1):14—17.
- ————, and
F.J. Smiley. 1915. Taxonomy and distribution of Eriodictyon. Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 60:115—133.
- Ackerman, J.D. 1977. Biosystematics of the genus
Piperia Rydb. (Orchidaceae). J. linn. Soc., Bot.
75:245—270.
- Adams, J.E. 1940. A systematic study of the genus
Arctostaphylos Adans. J. Elisha Mitchell Soc.
56:1—62.
- Adams, S., B.R. Strain, and M.S. Adams. 1970.
Water-repellent soils and annual plant cover in a desert community of
southeast California. Ecology 5l:696—700.
- Agrawal, J.S. 1952. The embryology of lilaea
subulata H.B.K. with a discussion on its systematic position.
Phytomorphology 2:15—29.
- Ahrendt, L.W.A. 1961. Berberis and Mahonia.
A taxonomic revision. J. linn. Soc., Bot.
57:1—408.
- Albert, M.E. 1995. Morphological variation and habitat
associations within the Carpobrotus [Aizoaceae] species complex in
coastal California. M.A. Thesis, library, Univ. Calif., Berkeley.
- Alberts, A.C., A.D. Richman, D. Tran, R. Sauvajot, C.
McCalvin, and D.T. Bolger. 1993. Effects of habitat fragmentation on
populations of native and exotic plants in southern California coastal scrub,
p. 103—110. In: J.E. Keeley, editor, Interface between
ecology and land development in California. S. Calif. Acad. Sci., Los
Angeles.
- Alderman, DeF. C. 1974—76. Native edible
fruits, nuts, vegetables, herbs, spices and grasses of California. Univ.
Calif. Agric. Ext. 71 p.
- Aldous, A.E., and H.L. Shantz. 1924. Types of vegetation
in the sermiarid portion of the United States and their economic significance.
J. Agric. Res. 28(2):99—128.
- Allen, B.H. 1988. Ecological type classification for
California: the Forest Service approach. USDA, Pacific Southw. Forest and
Range Exp. Sta., Gen. Tech. Rep. PSW-98, Berkeley, Calif. 8 p.
- ————. 1990.
Classification of oak woodlands. Fremontia 18(3):22—25.
- ————, R.R.
Evett, B.A. Holzman, and A. Martin. 1990. Rangeland cover type descriptions
for California's hardwood rangelands. Rep. to the Dept. of Forestry and Fire
Protection, FRRAP. Sacramento, Calif. 343 pp.
- Allen-Diaz, B.H. 1990. Classification of oak
woodlands. Fremontia 18(3):22—25.
- ————, and
B.A. Holzman. 1991. Blue oak communities in California. Madro–o 38:80—95.
- ————,
————, and R.R. Evett. 1991. A
classification system for CaliforniaÕs hardwood rangelands. Hilgardia 59(2):1—45.
- Amme, D. 1977. The Torrey pine and its big cone
relatives. Fremontia 4(4):10—14.
- Anderson, B.W., and R.D. Ohmart. l977. Vegetation
structure and bird use in the lower Colorado River Valley, p.
23—34. In:R.R. Johnson and D.A. Jones, editors, Symposium
proceedings: Importance, preservation, and management of riparian habitat.
USDA, Forest Serv. Gen. Tech. Rep. RM-43.
- Anderson, D.E. 1961. Taxonomy and distribution of the
genus Phalaris [Poaceae]. Iowa State J. Sci.
36:1—96.
- Anderson, E. 1954. Introgression in Adenostoma. Ann.
Missouri Bot. Gard. 41:339—350.
- ————, and
B.R. Anderson. 1954. Introgression of Salvia apiana and S.
mellifera. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
41:339—350.
- ————, and
G.L. Stebbins, Jr. 1954. Hybridization as an evolutionary stimulus.
Evolution 8:378—388.
- Anderson, L.C. 1964. Taxonomic notes on the
Chrysothamnus viscidiflorus complex (Astereae, Compositae).
Madro–o 17:222—227.
- Anderson, M.K. 1990. California Indian horticulture.
Fremontia 18(2):7—14.
- ————. 1993.
The experimental approach to assessment of the potential ecological effect of
horticultural practices by indigenous peoples on California wildlands. Ph.D.
Thesis, Univ. Calif., Berkeley. 211 p.
- Andrews, P.W. 1972. Ecology of a southern California
floodplain. Ph.D. Thesis, Claremont Grad. School. 300 p., incl. 96
plates.
- Angell, M. 1982. A field guide to berries and berrylike
fruits. Bobbs-Merrill Co., Indianapolis, Ind. 250 p.
- Angier, B. 1974. Field guide to edible wild plants.
Stackpole Books, Harrisburg, Pa. 256 p.
- ————. 1978.
Field guide to medicinal wild plants. Stackpole Press, Harrisburg, Pa. 320
p.
- Antisell, T. 1856. Synoptical tables of botanical
localities--Los Angeles, San Gabriel and San Bernardino plains, Desert of the
Colorado. Pacific R. R. Rep. 5:23—24.
- Argus, G.W. 1997. Notes on the taxonomy and distribution
of California Salix. Madro–o 44:115—136.
- Armstrong, M. 1915. Field book of western wild flowers.
G.P. PutnamÕs Sons, New York. 644 p.
- Armstrong, W.P. 1966. Ecological and taxonomic
relationships of Cupressus in southern California. M.A. Thesis, Bot.
Dept., Calif. State Univ., Los Angeles. 123 p.
- ————. 1977. A
tiny native with an enormous relative [Pilostyles, Rafflesiaceae].
Fremontia 5(3):20—22.
- ————. 1978.
Southern California's vanishing cypresses. Fremontia 6(2):24—29.
- ————. 1979a.
Unicorn plants in California [Martyniaceae]. Fremontia
7(1):16—22.
- ————. 1979b.
Seldom seen parasitic flowers [Pilostyles, Rafflesiaceae]. Pacific
Disc. 32(6):10—12.
- ————. 1979c.
NatureÕs hitchhikers. Environm. Southw. 486:20—23.
- ————. 1983a.
Duckweeds, California's smallest wildflowers [Lemnaceae]. Fremontia 10(3):16—22.
- ————. 1983b.
A marriage between a fern and an alga [Azolla and Anabaena].
Environm. Southw. 500:20—24.
- ————. 1983c.
The world's smallest wildflower [Wolffia, Lemnaceae]. Environm.
Southw. No. 502:17—21.
- ————. 1984.
Locoweed: a wild and crazy plant [Astragalus, Fabaceae]. Pacific
Disc. 37(3):22—32.
- ————. 1985a.
Wild fruits of the desert. Environm. Southw. No.
510:26—31.
- ————. 1985b.
A status report on the genus Wolffia [Lemnaceae] in California.
Fremontia 13(1):11—14.
- ————. 1987.
The seagrasses. Environm. Southw. No.
516:6—11.
- ————. 1989.
The tiniest titan [Lemnaceae]. Pacific Disc. 42(3):32—38.
- ————. 1992.
Mudmidgets [Wolffiella, Lemnaceae] in California. Fremontia 20(2):15—21.
- ————, and
R.F. Thorne. 1984. The genus Wolffia (Lemnaceae) in California.
Madro–o 31:171—179.
- ————, and
————. 1989. California seagrasses.
Fremontia 16 (4):15—21.
- Arnberger, L.P., and J.R. Janish. 1968. Flowers of the
southwest mountains. 4th Ed. Southw. Monuments Assoc., Globe, Ariz. 112
p.
- Arroyo, M.T.K. 1994. Convergence in the Mediterranean
floras in central Chile and California: insights from comparative
biogeography, p. 43—88. In: M.T.K. Arroyo, P.H. Zedler, and
M.D. Fox, editors, Ecology and biogeography of Mediterranean ecosystems in
Chile, California, and Australia. Springer-Verlag, New York.
- Aschmann, H. 1959. The evolution of a wild landscape and
its persistence in southern California. Assoc. Amer. Geogr. Ann. 49 (Suppl. No. 3, Part 2):34—56.
- ————. 1973.
Distribution and peculiarity of Mediterranean ecosystems, p. 11—19.
In: F. di Castri and H.A. Mooney, editors, Mediterranean ecosystems:
origin and structure. Springer-Verlag, New York.
- ————. 1976.
ManÕs impact on the southern California flora, p. 40—48. In:
J. Latting, editor, Symposium proceedings - plant communities of southern
California. Calif. Native Plant Soc., Sacramento, Spec. Publ. No. 2.
- ————, and C.
Bahre. 1977. ManÕs impact on the wild landscape, p. 73—84.
In: H.A. Mooney, editor, Convergent evolution of Chile and California
Mediterranean climate ecosystems. Dowden, Hutchinson and Ross, Stroudsburg,
Penn.
- Ayensu, E.S., and R.A. DeFilipps. 1978. Endangered and
threatened plants of the United States. Smithsonian Inst. and World Wildlife
Fund, Washington, D.C. 301 p.
- Axelrod, D.I. 1950. Evolution of desert vegetation in
western North America. Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash.
590:215—260.
- ————. 1958.
Evolution of the Madro-Tertiary Geoflora. Bot. Rev. (Lancaster)
24:433—509.
- ————. 1967.
Evolution of the California closed-cone pine forest, p. 93—149.
In: R.N. Philbrick, editor, Proceedings on the Symposium on the
Biology of the California Islands. Santa Barbara Bot. Gard., Santa Barbara,
Calif.
- ————. 1973.
History of the Mediterranean ecosystem in California, p. 225—277.
In: F. di Castri and H.A. Mooney, editors, Mediterranean ecosystems:
origin and structure. Springer-Verlag, New York.
- ————. 1975.
Evolution and biogeography of Madrean-Tethyan sclerophyll vegetation.
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 62:289—334.
- ————. 1976.
History of the coniferous forests, California and Nevada. Univ. Calif.
Publ. Bot. 70:1—62.
- ————. 1977.
Outline history of California vegetation, p. 139—193. In:
M.G. Barbour and J. Major, editors, Terrestrial vegetation of California. John
Wiley and Sons, New York.
- ————. 1978.
The origin of coastal sage vegetation, Alta and Baja California. Amer. J.
Bot. 65:1117—1131.
- ————. 1979a.
Age and origin of Sonoran Desert vegetation. Calif. Acad. Sci. Occ. Papers
132:1—74.
- ————. l979b.
Desert vegetation, its age and origin. In: J.R. Goodin and D.K.
Northington, editors, Arid land plant resources. Proceedings International
Arid Lands Conference on Plant Resources. Texas Tech Univ., Lubbock.
- ————. 1980.
History of the maritime closed-cone pines, Alta and Baja California. Univ.
Calif. Press, Berkeley 143 p.
- ————. 1981.
Holocene climatic changes in relation to vegetation disjunction and
speciation. Amer. Naturalist 117:847—870.
- ————. 1989.
Age and origin of chaparral, p. 7—19. In: S.C. Keeley,
editor, The California chaparral: paradigms reexamined. Nat. Hist. Mus. Los
Angeles Co., Sci. Ser. No. 34.
- Babcock, E.B. 1947. The genus Crepis [Asteraceae].
Part I. The taxonomy, phylogeny, distribution, and evolution of Crepis.
Part II. Systematic treatment. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 211. 2
vols.
- Bacigalupi, R. 1924. A systematic study of the genus
Garrya. Stanford Univ., Stanford, Calif. 42 p.
- ————, and
L.R. Heckard. 1966. A new Castilleja [C. jepsonii,
Scrophulariaceae] from south-central and Baja California. Leafl. W.
Bot. 10:281—286.
- Bacon, J.D. 1989. Systematics of Nama (Hydrophyllaceae): reevaluation of the taxonomic status of Lemmonia
californica. Aliso 12:327—333.
- Baerg, H.J. 1973. How to know the western trees. 2nd Ed.
W.C.Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. 192 p.
- Bailey, D.K. 1971. Phytogeography and taxonomy of
Pinus subsection Balfourianae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
57:210—249.
- ————. 1987. A
study of Pinus subsection Cembroides I: the single-needle pinyon
of the Californias and Great Basin. Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh
44:275—310.
- Bailey, L.H. 1941-1945. Rubus [Rosaceae] in North
America. Gentes Herb. 5:1—932.
- ————. 1943.
Species of Cucurbita. Gentes Herb.
6:267—322.
- ————. 1949.
Manual of cultivated plants most commonly grown in the continental United
States and Canada. Rev. Ed. Macmillan Publ. Co., New York. 1116 p.
- ————, and
E.Z. Bailey. 1976. Hortus third. A concise dictionary of plants cultivated in
the United States and Canada. Revised and expanded by the staff of the liberty
Hyde Bailey Hortorium. Macmillan Co. and Collier Macmillan, New York. 1290
p.
- Bailey, R.G. 1976. Ecoregions of the United States. USDA,
Forest Serv., Ogden, Utah. Map.
- ————. 1978.
Description of the ecoregions of the United States. USDA, Forest Serv., Ogden,
Utah. 77 p.
- Bailey, V.L., and H.E. Bailey. 1949. Woody plants of the
western national parks. Amer. Midl. Naturalist Monogr. 4.
274 pp.
- Baker, H. G. 1962. Weeds - natives and introduced.
Calif. Hort. Soc. J. 23:97—104.
- ————. 1989.
Sources of the naturalized grasses and herbs in California, p.
29—38. In: L.F. Huenneke and H.A. Mooney, editors, Grassland
structure and function. California annual grasslands. Kluwer Acad. Publ.,
Dordrecht, The Netherlands.
- Baker, M.S. 1949, 1953. Studies in western violets, VI.
Madro–o 10:110-128; VII. idem 12:8—18
(1953).
- Bakker, E.S. 1972. An island called California. Univ.
Calif. Press, Berkeley. 357 p.
- Baldwin, B.G. 1989. Chloroplast DNA phylogenetics and
biosystematic studies in Madiinae (Asteraceae). Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif.,
Davis. 142 p.
- ————. 1995. A
new prospect for California botany: integrating biosystematics and
phylogenetics. Madro–o 42:154—167.
- ————, D.W.
Kyhos, S.N. Martens, F.C. Vasek, and B.L. Wessa. 1996. Natural hybridization
between species of Ambrosia and Hymenoclea salsola (Compositae).
Madro–o 43:15—27.
- Balls, E.K. 1962. Early uses of California plants. Univ.
of Calif. Press, Berkeley. 103 p.
- Baltzer, E.A. 1944. Monographic study of Palafoxia [Asteraceae] and allies. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
31:249—278.
- Barbe, G.D. 1989-1990? Noxious weeds of California 1.
Distribution Maps. Dept. Food and Agriculture, Sacramento.
- Barbero, M., and P. QuŽzel. 1982. Classifying
Mediterranean ecosystems in the Mediterranean rim countries and in
southwestern U.S.A., p. 69—74. In: E. Conrad and W.C.
Oechel, editors, Proceedings of the symposium on dynamics and management of
Mediterranean-type ecosystems. USDA, Forest Serv., Pacific Southw. Forest and
Range Exp. Sta., Gen. Tech. Rep. PS-58.
- Barbour, M.G. 1988. California upland forests and
woodlands, p. 131—164. In: M.G. Barbour and W.D. Billings,
editors, North American terrestrial vegetation. Cambridge Univ. Press,
Cambridge, England.
- ————. 1991.
California vegetation: diversity and change. Fremontia 19(1):3—12.
- ————, and
W.D. Billings, editors. 1988. North American terrestrial vegetation. Cambridge
Univ. Press, New York. 434 p.
- ————, T.M.
DeJong, and A.F. Johnson. l975. Additions and corrections to a review of North
American Pacific Coast beach vegetation. Madro–o 23:130—134.
- ————,
————, and B. Pavlik. 1985. Marine
beach and dune plant communities, p. 296—322. In: B.F.
Chabot and H.A. Mooney, editors, Physiological ecology of North American plant
communities. Chapman and Hall, London.
- ————, R.B.
Craig, F.R. Drysdale, and M.T. Ghiselin. 1973. Coastal ecology. Univ. Calif.
Press, Berkeley.
- ————, and
A.F. Johnson. l977. Beach and dune, p. 223—261. In: M.G.
Barbour and J. Major, editors, Terrestrial vegetation of California. John
Wiley and Sons, New York.
- ————, and J.
Major, editors. 1977. Terrestrial vegetation of California. John Wiley and
Sons, New York. 1002 p. (2nd Edition, Calif. Native Plant Soc. Press,
Sacramento, Calif. 1036 p.)
- ————, and R.
Minnich. 1990. The myth of chaparral convergence. Israel J. Bot.
39:435—463.
- ————, B.
Pavlik, S. lindstrom, and F. Drysdale. 1993. California's changing landscapes:
diversity and conservation of California vegetation. Calif. Native Plant Soc.
Press, Sacramento, Calif. 244 p.
- ————, and V.
Whitworth. 1992. CaliforniaÕs grassroots: native or European. Pacific Disc.
45(1):8—15.
- ————, and
————. 1994. California's living
landscape. Fremontia 22(3):3—13.
- Barclay, A.S. 1959. New considerations in an old genus:
Datura [Solanaceae]. Bot. Mus. Leafl. Harvard Univ.
18(6):245—272.
- Barkley, T.M. 1968. Taxonomy of Senecio
multilobatus [Asteraceae] and its allies. Brittonia 20:267—284.
- ————, and
R.M. Beauchamp. 1974. A new Senecio (Compositae) from California.
Brittonia 26:106—108.
- Barkworth, M.E., and R.J. Atkins. 1984. Leymus
Hochst. (Gramineae: Triticeae) in North America: taxonomy and
distribution. Amer. J. Bot. 71:609—625.
- Barneby, R.C. 1962. A synopsis of Errazurizia
[Fabaceae]. Leafl. W. Bot. 9:209—214.
- ————. 1964.
Atlas of North American Astragalus [Fabaceae], 2 vols. New York
Bot. Gard., Bronx, N.Y.
- ————, and
E.C. Twisselmann. 1970. Notes on Loeflingia (Caryophyllaceae).
Madro–o 20:398—408.
- Barnhart, S.J. 1967. Distribution and ecology of two
varieties of Encelia farinosa. M.S. Thesis, San Diego State Univ., San
Diego, Calif. 68 p.
- Barrows, D.P. 1900. The ethno-botany of the Coahuilla
Indians of southern California. Univ. Chicago Press. 82 p.
- Barry, W.J. 1971. The ecology of Populus
tremuloides, a monographic approach. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Davis.
730 p.
- ————. 1981a.
Native grasslands then and now. Fremontia 9(1):18.
- ————. 1981b.
Selected bibliography on native grasses. Fremontia 9(1):19—20.
- Bartel, J.R. 1977. A guide to botanical resources of
southern California. Publ. Los Angeles Nat. Hist. Mus. 88 p.
- Bartolome, J. W. 1987. California annual grassland and
oak savannah. Rangelands 9:122—125.
- Batson, W.T. 1982. Genera of the western plants. Author,
Columbia, S.C. 207 p.
- Bauder, E.T. 1998. Exotics of southern CaliforniaÕs
vernal pools and other specialized habitats. Fremontia 26(4):35—38.
- ————, D.A.
Kreager, and S. McMillan. 1998. Recovery plan for vernal pools of Southern
California. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Region 1, Portland Ore. 100 p.,
Appendices.
- Bauer, H.L. 1943. The statistical analysis of chaparral
and other plant communities by means of transect samples. Ecology
24:25—60.
- Baum, B.R. 1967. Introduced and naturalized tamarisks
[Tamaricaceae] in the United States and Canada. Baileya 15:19—25.
- Baxter, E.M. 1935. California cactus; a complete and
scientific record of the cacti native in California. Abbey San Encino Press,
Los Angeles. 93 p.
- Bean, L.J. 1972. Mukat's people: the Cahuilla Indians of
southern California. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley.
- ————, and
K.S. Saubel. 1972. Temalpakh: Cahuilla Indian knowledge and usage of plants.
Malki Mus. Press, Morongo Indian Reservation, Banning, Calif. 225 p.
- Beatley, J.C. 1974. Phenogogic events and their
environmental triggers in Mohave Desert ecosystems. Ecology 55:856—863.
- Beaty, J.J. 1964a. Yuccas and their uses. Pacific
Disc. 17(2):18—24.
- ————. 1964b.
Plantsman of the West [Edward Palmer]. Pacific Disc. 17(6):10—15.
- Beatty, S.W. 1984. Vegetation and soil patterns in
southern CaliforniaÕs chaparral communities, p. 4—5. In: B.
Dell, editor, MEDECOS IV. Proceedings of the 4th international conference on
Mediterranean ecosystems. Bot. Dept., Univ. W. Australia, Nedlands.
- ————. 1987.
Origin and role of soil variability in southern California chaparral. Phys.
Geogr. 8:1—17.
- ————. Spatial
distributions of Adenostoma species in southern California: an analysis
of niche separation. Ann. Assoc. Amer. Geogr.
77:255—264.
- Beck, B.M. 1990. Drought tolerant planting bibliography.
Tech. Rep. No. 6, Rancho Santa Ana Bot. Gard., Claremont, Calif. 67 p.
- ————, and
S.S. Strike. 1994. Ethnobotany of the California Indians. 2 vols. Koeltz Sci.
Books, Champaign, Ill. Vol. 1: 165 p., Vol. 2: 210 p.
- Beeks, R.M. 1962. Variation and hybridization in southern
California populations of Diplacus (Scrophulariaceae). Aliso 5:83—122.
- Beetle, A.A. 1943, 1946. Notes on the distribution of
California grasses. Leafl. W. Bot. 3:258—260;
idem 4:285—289 (1946).
- ————. 1947a.
Distribution of the native grasses of California. Hilgardia
17:309—357.
- ————. 1947b.
Scirpeae. N. Amer. Fl. 18:479—504.
- Beetle, D.E. 1944. A monograph of the North American
species of Fritillaria. Madro–o 7:133—159.
- Beidleman, R.G. 1958. William Gambel: frontier
naturalist. Pacific Disc. 11(6):10—14.
- Bell, C.R. 1954. The Sanicula crassicaulis complex
(Umbelliferae): a study of variation and polyploidy. Univ. Calif. Publ.
Bot. 27:133—230.
- Belzer, T.J. 1984. Roadside plants of southern
California. Mountain Press Publishing, Missoula, Mont. 157 p.
- Bemis, W.P., and T.W. Whitaker. 1965. Natural
hybridization between Cucurbita digitata and C. palmata. Madro–o 18:39—47.
- ————, and
————. 1969. The xerophytic
Cucurbita of northwestern Mexico and southwestern United States.
Madro–o 20:33—41.
- Bendix, J. 1994. Among-site variation in riparian
vegetation of the southern California Transverse Ranges. Amer. Midl.
Naturalist 132:136—151.
- Benson, L. 1948. A treatise on the North American
Ranunculi. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 40:l—261.
- ————. 1969.
The native cacti of California. Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, Calif. 243
p.
- ————. 1982.
The cacti of the United States and Canada. Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford,
Calif. 1044 p.
- ————, and
R.A. Darrow. 1981. Trees and shrubs of the southwestern deserts, 3rd Ed. Univ.
Arizona Press, Tucson. 416p.
- ————, and
D.L. Walkington. 1965. The southern California prickly pears - invasion,
adulteration, and trial-by-fire. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 52:262—273.
- Berglund, B., and E.E. Bolsby. 1977. The complete
outdoorsmanÕs guide to edible wild plants: a comprehensive cookbook and
identification guide for North America. Charles ScribnerÕs Sons, New York. 189
p.
- Berry, J.B. 1924. (append. 1926). Western forest trees.
World Book Co., Yonkers-on-Hudson, New York. 212 p.
- Betancourt, J.L., T.R. van Devender, and P.S. Martin,
editors. 1990. Packrat middens: the last 40,000 years of biotic change. Univ.
Arizona Press, Tucson. 467 p.
- Billings, W.D. 1949. The shadscale vegetation zone of
Nevada and eastern California in relation to climate and soils. Amer. Midl.
Naturalist 42:87—109.
- ————. 1950.
Vegetation and plant growth as affected by chemically altered rocks in the
western Great Basin. Ecology 31:62—74.
- ————. 1951.
Vegetation zonation in the Great Basin of western North America. Int.
Union Biol. Sci. France Ser. B. 9:101—122.
- Bioletti, T.F. 1893. Two new California plants.
Erythea 3:16—17.
- Biswell, H.H. 1956. Ecology of California grasslands.
J. Range Management 9:19—24.
- Blake, S.F. 1913. A revision of Encelia [Asteraceae] and some related genera. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci.
49:358—376.
- ————. 1918. A
revision of the genus Viguiera [Asteraceae]. Contr. Gray Herb.
54:1—205.
- ————. 1954.
Guide to popular floras of the United States and Alaska. Biblio. Bull. No. 23,
USDA, Washington, D.C. 56 p.
- ————, and
A.C. Atwood. 1942. Geographical guide to floras of the world: an annotated
list with special reference to useful plants and common plant names. Misc.
Publ. No. 401, USDA, Washington, D.C. 336 p.
- Bock, J.H. 1968. The water hyacinth [Eichornia,
Pontederiaceae] in California. Madro–o 19:281—283.
- Bogin, C. 1955. Revision of the genus Sagittaria [Alismataceae]. Mem. New York Bot. Gard.
9:179—233.
- Boivin, B. 1944. American Thalicta [Ranunculaceae] and
their Old-World allies. Contr. Gray Herb.
152:337—377, 391—445, 453—491.
- Bolger, D.T. 1991. Community perturbations: introduced
species and habitat fragmentation. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., San Diego. 128
p.
- Bolli, R. 1994. Revision of the genus Sambucus [Adoxaceae]. Diss. Bot. 223:1—227, 28 plates.
- Bolsinger, C.L. 1988. The hardwoods of California's
timberlands, woodlands and savannas. USDA, Forest Serv., Pacific Northw. Res.
Sta. Resource Bull. PNW-148. Portland, Oreg. 148 p.
- ————. 1989.
California's western juniper and pinyon-juniper woodlands: area, stand
characteristics, wood volume, and fenceposts. USDA, Forest Serv., Pacific
Northw. Res. Sta. 37 p.
- Boorse, G.C., F.W. Ewers, and S.D. Davis. 1998. Response
of chaparral shrubs to below-freezing temperatures: acclimation, ecotypes,
seedlings vs. adults. Amer. J. Bot. 85(9):1224-1230.
- Bothmer, R. von, N. Jacobsen, R.B. Jorgensen, and E.
Nicora 1982. Revision of the Hordeum pusillum [Poaceae] group. Nord.
J. Bot. 2:307—321.
- Bowers, J.E. 1982. The plant ecology of inland dunes in
western North America. J. Arid Environ.
5:199—220.
- ————. 1984.
Plant geography of southwestern sand dunes. Desert Plants 6:31—42, 51—54.
- ————. 1998.
Dune country. Univ. Ariz. Press, Tucson. 156 p., illus.
- Bowers, N.A. 1965. Cone-bearing trees of the Pacific
Coast. Pacific Books, Palo Alto, Calif. 169 p.
- Bowler, P.A. 1990. Riparian woodland: an endangered
habitat in southern California, p. 80—97. In: A.A.
Schoenherr, editor, Endangered plant communities of southern California. S.
Calif. Bot. Spec. Publ. No. 3.
- ————.
Shrublands: in defense of disturbed land. Restor. and Management Notes
10:144—149.
- Boyd, S., and T.S. Ross. 1996a. Noteworthy collections:
California [Psilocarphus tenellus var. globiferus, Asteraceae,
Cyperus acuminatus, and Scirpus supinus var. saximontanus,
both Cyperaceae]. Madro–o 43:334.
- ————, and
————. 1997. Sibaropsis (Brassicaceae), a new monotypic genus from southern California. Madro–o 44:29—47.
- Boyle, W.S. 1945. A cyto-taxonomic study of the North
American species of Melica [Poaceae]. Madro–o 8:l—26.
- Bradbury, D.E. 1978. The evolution and persistence of a
local sage/chamise community pattern in southern California. Assoc. Pacific
Coast Geogr. Yearb. 40:39—56.
- Bradley, W.G., and J.E. Deacon. 1967. The biotic
communities of southern Nevada. Nevada State Mus. Anthropol. Paper 13,
Part 4:202—295.
- Bradshaw, K.E. 1941. Field characters distinguishing
Pinus ponderosa and Pinus jeffreyi. Madro–o
6:15—18.
- Brandegee, T.S. 1890. Lavatera [Malvaceae]--is it
an introduced plant? Zoe 1:188—189.
- ————. 1891. A
new Astragalus [Fabaceae]. Zoe 2:73.
- ————. 1895.
Mimulus clevelandi [Scrophulariaceae]. Gard. and Forest 8:134.
- ————. 1905. A
new Calamintha [Lamiaceae]. Zoe 5:195.
- Branson, F.A., R.F. Miller, and I.S. McQueen. 1967.
Geographic distribution and factors affecting the distribution of salt desert
shrubs in the United States. J. Range Management 29 (5):287—296.
- Breckon, G.J., and M.G. Barbour. 1974. Review of North
American Pacific coast beach vegetation. Madro–o 22:333—360.
- Breitung, A.J. 1961-1962. Cultivated and native Agaves in
the southwestern United States. Part l4. Cactus Succ. J.
33:88—90; Part 16, idem 33:148—l50; Part
22, idem 34:141—144.
- Bremer, K. 1994. Asteraceae: cladistics and
classification. Timber Press, Portland, Oreg. 752 p.
- Bretz, W.L. 1987. The University of California Natural
Reserve System: a partial collection of California oak and oak-associated
natural resources, p. 110—115. In: L.P. Bowler and S. Brown,
editors, Proceedings of the California Oak Heritage conservation conference.
Sea and Sage Audubon Soc., Santa Ana, Calif.
- Brewer, W.H., S. Watson, and A. Gray. 1876-80. Botany [of
California]. John Wilson and Son., Univ. Press, Cambridge, Mass. 2 vols. (
Vol. 2 by S. Watson).
- Britton, N.L. 1904. George Washington palms. J. New
York Bot. Gard. 5:25—28.
- ————, and
J.N.Rose. 1937. The Cactaceae. 2nd ed. Reprint Ed. by Dover Publ., New York.
1053 p.
- Brockman, C.F. 1968. Trees of North America. Golden
Press, New York. 280 p.
- Broich, S.L. 1987. Revision of the Lathyrus
vestitus-laetiflorus complex (Fabaceae). Syst. Bot.
12:139—153.
- Brown, D.E. (ed.). 1982a. Biotic communities of the
American Southwest—United States and Mexico. Desert Plants 4(1—4):1—341.
- ————. 1982b.
Great Basin conifer woodland, p. 52—57. In: D.E. Brown,
editor, Biotic communities of the American Southwest—Unites States
and Mexico. Desert Plants 4(1—4).
- ————. 1982c.
Warm-temperate forests and woodlands, p. 58—71. In: D.E.
Brown, editor, Biotic communities of the American Southwest—United
States and Mexico. Desert Plants 4(1—4).
- ————. 1982d.
Grasslands, p. 109—142, 326—329. In: D.E. Brown,
editor, Biotic communities of the American Southwest—United States
and Mexico. Desert Plants 4(1—4).
- ————. 1982e.
Californian valley grassland, p. 132—135. In: D.E. Brown,
editor, Biotic communities of the American Southwest—United States
and Mexico. Desert Plants 4(1—4).
- ————. 1984.
Evolution and riparian systematics, p. 288—306. In: R.E.
Warner and K.M. Hendrix, editors, California riparian systems. Ecology,
conservation, and productive management. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley.
- ————, and
C.H. Lowe. 1978. Biotic communities of the Southwest. USDA, Forest Serv. Gen.
Tech. Rep RM-41. Rocky Mt. Forest and Range Exp. Sta., Fort Collins,
Colo.
- ————, and
R.A. Minnich. 1986. Fire and changes in creosote bush scrub of the western
Sonoran Desert, California. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 116:411—422.
- Brown, L. 1985. Grasslands. The Audubon Society nature
guides. A.A.Knopf, New York. 606 p.
- Brown, V. 1957. The Californian wildlife region: its
common wild animals and plants. Rev. ed. Naturegraph Co., San Martin, Calif.
125 p.
- Brummitt, R.K. 1980. Further new names in the genus
Calystegia (Convolvulaceae). Kew Bull.
35:327—334.
- ————,
compiler. 1992. Vascular plant families and genera: a listing of the genera of
vascular plants of the world according to their families, as recognized in the
Kew Herbarium, with an analysis of relationships of the flowering plant
families according to eight systems of classification. Roy. Bot. Gard., Kew,
England. 804 p.
- Brunsfeld, S.J., D.E. Soltis, and P.S. Soltis. 1992.
Evolutionary patterns and processes in Salix sect. Longifoliae:
evidence from chloroplast DNA. Syst. Bot.
17:239—256.
- Buchmann, S.L. 1985. Floral biology of jojoba
(Simmondsia chinensis), an anemophilous plant. Desert Plants 7:111—124.
- Burcham, L.T. l957. California rangeland. An
historic-ecological study of the range resources of California. Calif. Dept.
Nat. Res., Sacramento.
- ————. 1981.
California rangelands in historical perspective. Rangelands 3(3):95—104.
- Burden, J.D. 1970. Ecology of Simmondsia chinensis (link) Schneid. [Simmondsiaceae] at its lower elevational limits. M.S. Thesis,
Arizona State Univ., Tempe. 71 p.
- Burkart, A. 1976. A monograph of the genus
Prosopis (Leguminosae subfam. Mimosoideae). J. Arnold Arbor.
57:450—525.
- Bywater, M., and G.E. Wickens. 1984. New world species of
the genus Crassula. Kew Bull. 39:699—728.
- California Coastal Commission. 1987. California coastal
resource guide. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 384 p.
- California Dept. of Fish and Game and California
Resources Agency. 1993. Southern California Coastal Sage Scrub Natural
Communities Conservation Plan. Sci. Rev. Panel Conservation Guidelines and
Documentation. Sacramento, Calif.
- ————, Natural
Diversity Data Base. 1990. Natural communities. Unpubl. Rep. available from
Calif. Dept. Fish and Game, Sacramento, Calif.
- California Native Plant Society. 1983. Rare plants by
county. CNPS, Sacramento, Calif.
- California Natural Areas Coordinating Council. 1978.
California natural areas: summary and report. CNACC, Sonoma, Calif. 197
p.
- Calligari, J., and K. Durand. 1977. Wild and edible and
medicinal plants of California. Authors, El Cerrito, Calif. 96 p.
- Camp, W.H. 1940. Aphyllous forms in Pyrola [Ericaceae] Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 67:453—465.
- Campbell, D.H., and I.L. Wiggins. 1947. Origins of the
flora of California. Stanford Univ. Publ. Biol. Sci. 10:1—20.
- Campbell, B.M. 1980. Some mixed hardwood forest
communities of the coastal range of southern California.
Phytocoenologia 8:297—320.
- Campbell, D.H., and I.L. Wiggins. 1947. Origins of the
flora of California. Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, Calif. 20 p.
- Campbell, G.R. 1950. Mimulus guttatus [Scrophulariaceae] and related species. El Aliso 2:319—337.
- ————. 1952.
The genus Myosurus L. (Ranunculaceae) in North America. El Aliso 2:389—403.
- Canby, M.L. 1927. The genus Corethrogyne [Asteraceae] in southern California. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
26:8—16.
- Capelli, M.H., and S.J. Stanley. 1984. Preserving
riparian vegetation along California's south central coast, p.
673—677. In: R.E. Warner and K.M. Hendrix, editors,
California riparian systems: ecology, conservation, and productive management.
Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley.
- Carlquist, S. 1974. Philip Alexander Munz
1892—1974. Fremontia 2 (2):20—21.
- ————. 1975.
Philip A. Munz, botanist and friend. Aliso 8:211—220.
- Cavagnaro, L.P. 1974. Circus of Quercus. Pacific
Disc. 27(3):1—11.
- Ceska, A., and O. Ceska. 1986. Notes on
Myriophyllum (Haloragaceae) in the Far East: the identity of
Myriophyllum sibiricum Komarov [replaces M. exalbescens Fernald]. Taxon 35:95—100.
- Chabot, B.F., and H.A. Mooney, editors. 1985.
Physiological ecology of North American plant communities. Chapman and Hall,
New York.
- Chambers, K.L. 1955. A biosystematic study of the annual
species of Microseris [Asteraceae]. Contr. Dudley Herb.
4:207—312.
- Chamlee, H.V. 1980. Desert ferns. Environ. Southw. 488:8—9.
- Chase, J.S. 1911. Cone-bearing trees of the California
mountains. McClurg and Co. Chicago, Ill. 99 p.
- Cheatham, N.H. 1979. living laboratories in the desert.
Fremontia 6(4):26—30.
- ————, and
J.R. Haller. 1975. An annotated list of California habitat types. Univ. Calif.
Press, Berkeley.
- Chuang, T. and L. Constance. 1969. A systematic study of
Perideridia [Apiaceae]. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot.
55:1—74.
- ————, and
L.R. Heckard. 1975. Taxonomic status of Cordylanthus (subg.
Dicranostegia) orcuttianus (Scrophulariaceae). Madro–o 23:88—95.
- ————, and
————. 1986. Systematics and
evolution of Cordylanthus (Scrophulariaceae-Pedicularieae). Amer. Soc.
Pl. Tax. Syst. Bot. Monogr. 10:1—105.
- ————, and
————. 1991. Generic realignment
and synopsis of subtribe Castillejinae (Scrophulariaceae-tribe Pediculareae).
Syst. Bot. 16:644—666.
- Clark, C., and M. Faull. 1991. A new subspecies and a new
combination in Eschscholzia minutiflora (Papaveraceae). Madro–o 38:73—79.
- Clark, J. 1979. Systematic studies of Eschscholtzia
(Papaveraceae). Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Davis. 87 p.
- Clark, W.D. 1979. The taxonomy of Hazardia (Compositae: Astereae). Madro–o 26:105—127.
- Clarke, C.B. 1977. Edible and useful plants of
California. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 280 p.
- Clarkson, R.B. 1961. Scheuchzeria palustris L.
var. americana. Castanea 26:102—103.
- ————. 1986.
Early human uses of southern California vegetation. Crossosoma 12(3):1—8.
- Clausen, J. 1951. Stages in the evolution of plant
species. Hafner Publ. Co., New York.
- ————. 1964a.
Cytotaxonomy and distributional ecology of western North American violets.
Madro–o 17:173—197.
- ————. 1964b.
New combinations in western North American violets. Madro–o 17:296.
- ————, and
W.M. Hiesey. 1958. Experimental studies on the nature of species. IV. Genetic
structure of ecological races. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. 615.
312 p.
- ————, D.D.
Keck and W.M. Hiesey. 1940. Experimental studies on the nature of species. I.
Effect of varied environments on western North American plants. Publ. Carnegie
Inst. Washington 520: l—452.
- ————,
————, and
————. 1941. Experimental taxonomy.
Carnegie Inst. Wash. Year Book No. 40:160—170.
- ————,
————, and
————. 1945. Experimental studies
on the nature of species. II. Plant evolution through amphiploidy and
autoploidy, with examples from the Madiinae. Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash.
564.
- Clausen, R.T. 1936. Studies in the genus Najas [Hydrocharitaceae]. Rhodora 38:333—344.
- ————. 1938. A
monograph of the Ophioglossaceae. Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 19:1—177.
- ————. 1975.
Sedum [Crassulaceae] of North America north of the Mexican Plateau.
Cornell Univ. Press, Ithaca, New York. 422 p.
- ————, R.V.
Moran, and C.H. Uhl. 1945. The taxonomy and cytology of Hasseanthus
[Dudleya, Crassulaceae]. Desert Plant life 17:
69—83.
- Clements, E.S. 1959. Flowers of coast and sierra. Reprint
ed. by Hafner Publ, New York. 200 p.
- Cleveland, D. 1882a. Ophioglossum vulgatum [Ophioglossaceae]. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 9:55.
- ————. 1882b.
Pholisma arenarium Nutt. [Lennoaceae]. Bot. Gaz.
(Crawfordsville) 7:64.
- ————. 1885.
Ophioglossum nudicaule. W. Amer. Sci. 1:15.
- Clokey, I.W., and D.D. Keck. 1939. Reconsideration of
certain members of Penstemon subsection Spectabiles [Scrophulariaceae]. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 38:8—13.
- Coats, A.M. 1969. The plant hunters. McGraw-Hill.
- Cobb, B. 1956. A field guide to the ferns.
Houghton-Mifflin, Boston, Mass. 281 p.
- Cochrane, S. 1984a. Designated endangered or rare plants
[Regions 1-5]. Endangered Plant Program, Calif. Dept. Fish and Game,
Sacramento. 13 p.
- ————. 1984b.
Designated endangered or rare plants by county [Regions 1-5] Endangered Plant
Program, Calif. Dept. Fish and Game, Sacramento. 15 p.
- Cody, M., and H. Mooney. l978. Convergence versus
nonconvergence in Mediterranean climate ecosystems. Ann. Rev. Ecol.
Syst. 9:265—32l.
- Coile, N.C. 1988. Taxonomic studies on the deciduous
species of Ceanothus L. (Rhamnaceae). Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Georgia. 171
p.
- Cole, D. 1956. A revision of the Rosa californica complex. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 55:211—224.
- Coleman, R.A. 1988a. The Epipactis [Orchidaceae]
of California. Fremontia 16(1):24—27.
- ————. 1988b.
The coral root orchids of California. Fremontia
16(3):21—22.
- ————. 1989.
listera: some overlooked orchids. Fremontia 17(3):26—27.
- ————. 1991.
The orchid genus Platanthera in California. Fremontia 19(2):19—22.
- ————. 1995.
The wild orchids of California. Comstock Publ. Associates, Ithaca, New York.
201 p., plates, maps.
- Collins, B.J. 1974. Key to trees and wildflowers of the
mountains of southern California. Calif. State Univ. Found., Northridge,
Calif. 277 p.
- ————. 1979a.
Key to coastal and chaparral flowering plants of southern California, 2nd ed.
Kendall/Hunt Publ. Co., Dubuque, Iowa. 316 p.
- ————. 1979b.
Key to trees and shrubs of the deserts of southern California. Calif. State
Univ. Found., Northridge, Calif. 142 p.
- ————. 1979c.
Key to wildflowers of the deserts of southern California. Calif. Lutheran
Coll., Thousand Oaks, Calif. 143 p.
- Compton, G. 1934. A revisional study of the species
Erigeron foliosus Nutt. [Asteraceae] Bull. S. Calif. Acad.
Sci. 33:50—54.
- Conard, S.G., A.E. Jaramillo, K. Cromack, Jr., and S.R.
Compilers. 1985. The role of the genus Ceanothus in western forest
ecosystems. USDA, Forest Serv., Pacific Northw. Forest and Range Exp. Sta.,
Gen. Tech. Rep. PNW-182. 72 p.
- Conrad, C.E. 1987. Common shrubs of chaparral and
associated ecosystems of southern California. USDA, Pacific Southw. Forest and
Range Exp. Sta., Berkeley, Gen. Tech. Rep. PSW-99.
- ————, and
W.C. Oechel, editors. 1982. Proceedings of the symposium on dynamics and
management of Mediterranean-type ecosystems. USDA, Forest Serv., Pacific
Southw. Forest and Range Exp. Sta. 637 p.
- Constance, L. 1938. A systematic study of the genus
Eriophyllum Lag. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 18(5):69—136.
- ————. 1939.
The genera of the tribe Hydrophylleae of the Hydrophyllaceae. Madro–o 5:28—33.
- ————, and
R.H. Shan. 1948. The genus Osmorhiza [Apiaceae]. Univ. Calif. Publ.
Bot. 23:111—156.
- Cook, D.D.K., and M.S. Nicholls. 1986. A monographic
study of the genus Sparganium (Sparganiaceae). Part l. Subgenus
Xanthosparganium Holmberg. Bot. Helv. 96:213—267.
- ————, and
————. 1987. A monographic study of
the genus Sparganium (Sparganiaceae). Part 2. Subgenus
Sparganium. Bot. Helv. 97:1—44.
- Cook, S.A. 1961. Aspects of the biology of
Eschscholtzia californica Cham. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Berkeley.
182p.
- Cooper, D.S., and D.L. Perlman. 1997. Habitat
conservation on military installations. Fremontia 25(1):3—8.
- Cooper, W.S. 1922. The broad-sclerophyll vegetation of
California: an ecological study of the chaparral and its related communities.
Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash. 319. 124 p.
- ————. 1936.
The strand and dune flora of the Pacific Coast of North America: a geographic
study, p. 141—187. In: T.H. Goodspeed, editor, Essays in
geobotany. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley.
- ————. 1967.
Coastal dunes of California. Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer. 104. Denver, Colo.
131 p.
- Copeland, H.F. 1947. Observations on the structure and
classification of the Pyroleae [Ericaceae]. Madro–o 9:65—102.
- Cornell, R.D. 1979. Conspicuous California plants.
Plantin Press, Los Angeles, Calif. 256 p.
- Cornett, J.W. 1989. The desert fan palm. Environm.
Southw. No. 524:17—19.
- Correll, D.S. 1943. The genus Habenaria [Orchidaceae] in western North America. Leafl. W. Bot. 3:233—247.
- ————. 1950.
Native orchids of North America (north of Mexico). Chronica Botanica Co.,
Waltham, Mass. 399 p.
- ————, and
H.B. Correll. 1972, 1975. Aquatic and wetland plants of the southwestern
United States. 2 vols. Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, Calif.
- Couch, E.B. 1914. Notes on the ecology of sand dune
plants. Plant World 17:204—208.
- Coupland, R.T., editor. 1994. Ecosystems of the world 8A.
Natural grasslands. Elsevier Sci., New York.
- Covas, G. 1949. Taxonomic observations on the North
American species of Hordeum. Madro–o 10:1—21.
- Coville, F.V. 1892. The rediscovery of Juncus cooperi.
Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 19:309—311.
- ————. 1895.
The botanical explorations of Thomas Coulter in Mexico and California. Bot.
Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 20:519—531.
- ————. 1899.
The botanical explorations of Thomas Nuttall in California. Proc. Biol.
Soc. Wash. 13:109—121.
- Cowardin, L.M., V. Carter, F.C. Golet, and E.T. LaRoe.
l979. Classification of wetlands and deepwater habitats of the United States.
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv. FWS/OBS-79/31. 103 p.
- Cowles, R.B. 1972. Mesquite and mistletoe. Pacific
Disc. 25(3):19—24.
- ————, and E.
Bakker. 1977. Desert journal: a naturalist reflects on arid California. Univ.
Calif. Press, Berkeley.
- Cowling, R.M., and B.M. Campbell. 1980. Convergence in
vegetation structure in the Mediterranean communities of California, Chile,
and South Africa. Vegetatio 43:191—197.
- Cox. G.W. 1981. Pollination ecology of the Cleveland Sage
[Salvia clevelandii, Lamiaceae]. Environm. Southw. 494:15—19.
- Crampton, B. 1954. Morphological and ecological
considerations in the classification of Navarretia (Polemoniaceae).
Madro–o 12:225—238.
- ————. 1959.
The grass genera Orcuttia and Neostapfia [Poaceae]: a study in
habitat and morphological specialization. Madro–o 15:97—115.
- ————. 1961.
The endemic grasses of the California floral province. Leafl. W. Bot.
9:154—158.
- ————. 1974a.
Grasses in California. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 178 p.
- ————. 1974b.
Range plants. Univ. Calif., Davis, Dept. Agronomy and Range Sci. 154 p.
- ————. 1976. A
historical perspective on the botany of the vernal pools in California, p.
5—10. In: S.K. Jain, editor, Vernal pools, their ecology and
conservation. Univ. Calif., Davis, Inst. Ecol., Publ. No. 9.
- Crawford, D.J. 1975. Systematic relationships in the
narrow-leaved species of Chenopodium of the western United States.
Brittonia 27:279—288.
- Cristobal, C.L. 1960. Revision del genero "Ayenia"
(Sterculiaceae). Opera lilloana 4:3—227.
- Critchfield, W.B. 1957. Geographic variation in Pinus
contorta. Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass., Maria Moors Cabot Found. Publ.
No. 3. 118 p.
- ————. 1966.
Crossability and relationships of the California big-cone pines, p.
36—44. In: USDA, North Central Forest Exp. Sta. Forest Serv.
Res. Paper NC-6, St. Paul, Minn.
- ————. 1967.
Crossability and relationships of the closed-cone pines. Silvae Genet.
16:89—97.
- ————. 1971.
Profiles of California vegetation. USDA, Pacific Southw Forest and Range Exp.
Sta., Berkeley. 54 p.
- ————, and
E.L. little. 1966. Geographic distribution of the pines of the world. USDA,
Forest Serv. Misc. Publ. 99l:l—97.
- Crittenden, M., and D. Telfer. 1975. Wildflowers of the
West. Celestial Arts Press, Milibrae, Calif. 207 p.
- Crockett, L. J. 1977. Wildly successful plants: a
handbook of North American weeds. Collier Books, New York. 268 p.
- Cronquist, A. 1947. Revision of North American species of
Erigeron [Asteraceae], north of Mexico. Brittonia 6:122—300.
- ————. 1950.
Review of the genus Psilocarphus [Asteraceae]. Res. Studies State
Col. Wash. 18:71—89.
- ————. 1978.
The biota of the intermountain region in geohistorical context, p. 3-15.
In: K.T. Harper and J.L. Reveal, editors, Intermountain biogeography: a
symposium. Great Basin Naturalist Mem. No. 2.
- ————. 1981.
An integrated system of classification of flowering plants. Columbia Univ.
Press, New York. 1262 p.
- ————. 1994.
Intermountain flora. Vascular plants of the Intermountain West, U.S.A. Vol. 5.
Asterales. New York Bot. Gard., Bronx, New York. 496 p.
- ————. 1988.
The evolution and classification of flowering plants. 2nd ed. New York Bot.
Gard., Bronx, New York. 555 p.
- ————, A.H.
Holmgren, N.H. Holmgren, J.L. Reveal, and P.K. Holmgren. 1977. Intermountain
Flora: Vol. 6. The monocotyledons. Columbia Univ. Press, New York. 584
p.
- ————,
————,
————,
————, and
————. 1989. Intermountain flora:
vascular plants of the Intermountain West, U.S.A. Vol. 3, Part B [Fabales] by
R.C. Barneby. New York. Bot. Gard., New York. 279 p.
- ————, N.H.
Holmgren, A.H. Holmgren, and J.L. Reveal. 1972. Intermountain flora: vascular
plants of the Intermountain West, U.S.A. Vol. l: Geological and botanical
history of the region, its plant geography, and a glossary. The vascular
cryptogams and the gymnosperms. Hafner Publ. Co., New York. 270 p.
- ————,
————,
————,
————, and P.K. Holmgran. 1984.
Intermountain flora, The Asteridae except the Asterales. Vol. 4. New York Bot.
Gard., Bronx, New York. 573 p.
- ————, and
D.D. Keck. 1957. A reconstitution of the genus Machaeranthera
[Asteraceae]. Brittonia 9:231—239.
- Crosswhite, F.S. 1979. "J.G. Lemmon and wife," plant
explorers in Arizona, California, and Nevada. Desert Plants 1:12—21.
- ————, and
C.D. Crosswhite. 1985. the plant collecting Brandegees, with emphasis on
Katharine Brandegee as a liberated woman scientist of early California.
Desert Plants 7:128—139, 158.
- Cruise, R.R. 1948. A chemurgic survey of the desert flora
in the American Southwest. Econ. Bot.
3:111—131.
- Curry, R., and W. Oechel. 1984. Shrubland ecosystem
dynamics, p. 98—121. In: J.J. DeVries, editor, Shrublands in
California: literature review and research needed for management. Univ.
Calif., Davis, Water Resources Center, Contr. No. 191.
- Cutler, H.C. 1939. Monograph of North American species of
Ephedra. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
26:373—427.
- Dahlgren, R.M.T., and Clifford. 1982. The monocotyledons
- a comparative study. Acad. Press, London. 378 p.
- ————,
————, and P.E. Yeo. 1985. The
families of the monocotyledons: structure, evolution, and taxonomy.
Springer-Verlag, Berlin. 520 p.
- Dahling, G.V. 1978. Systematics and evolution of
Garrya [Garryaceae]. Contr. Gray Herb.
209:1—104.
- Dallman, P.R. 1998a. Plant life in the world's
Mediterranean climates: California. Fremontia 26(2):18—27.
- ————. 1998b.
Plant life in the worldÕs Mediterranean climates: California, Chile, South
Africa, Australia, and the Mediterranean Basin. Calif. Native Plant Soc and
Univ. Calif. Press. 210 p., ill.
- Daniel, T.F. 1997. The Acanthaceae of California and the
peninsula of Baja California. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 49:309—403.
- Daniels, G.S. 1970. The floral biology and taxonomy of
Mentzelia section Bicuspidaria (Loasaceae). Ph.D. Thesis, Univ.
Calif., Los Angeles. 186 p.
- DÕAntonio, C.M., and K. Haubensak. 1998. Community and
ecosystem impacts of introduced species. Fremontia 26(4):13—18.
- Daubenmire, R. 1969. Ecologic plant geography of the
Pacific Northwest. Madro–o 20:111— 128.
- Daubs, E.H. 1965. A monograph of Lemnaceae.
Illinois Biol. Monogr. 34, Univ. Ill. Press,
Urbana, 117 p., illus.
- Davenport, G.E. 1881. A new American fern. Bull.
Torrey Bot. Club 8:61—62.
- ————. 1885.
Fern notes. VII. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 12:21.
- Davidson, A. 1891. British plants in southern California.
Trans. and J. Proc. Dumfriesshire Nat. Hist. Soc. Session
1890-1891, No. 7:112—115. [Reprinted in Crossosoma 23(2):68—70. 1997 (1998)].
- ————. 1894.
Californian field notes. Erythea 2:1—2,
27—30, 61—64, 83—85,
177—180.
- ————. 1896a.
Malvastrum splendidum [Malvaceae] Kellogg. Erythea 4:68—69.
- ————. 1902.
Penstemon parishii [Scrophulariaceae] a hybrid. Bull. S. Calif.
Acad. Sci. 1:141.
- ————. 1906. A
revision of the western Mentzelias. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 5:13—19.
- ————. 1907.
Notes on Sphaerostigma [Camissonia, Onagraceae].
Muhlenbergia 3:105—108.
- ————. 1908.
The delphinii [Ranunculaceae] of southern California. Muhlenbergia 4:33—37.
- ————. 1910a.
Calochortus paludicola n. sp. [Calochortaceae] Bull. S. Calif. Acad.
Sci. 9:52—54.
- ————. 1910b.
Some large trees. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 9:55—56
- ————. 1911.
Botanical records new or noteworthy. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 10:11—12.
- ————. 1912. A
new Frasera [Gentianaceae]. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 11:77.
- ————. 1913.
Another mustard pest. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
12:11—12.
- ————. 1914a.
The oldest known tree. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
13:14—16.
- ————. 1914b.
Notes on southern California flora. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
13:43—44.
- ————. 1915.
Two new mariposas [Calochortaceae]. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 14:11—12.
- ————. 1916a.
Allium burlewii n. sp. [Alliaceae] Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 15:17—18.
- ————.
1916b. Opuntia rubriflora n. sp. [Cactaceae] Bull. S. Calif. Acad.
Sci. 15:33.
- ————. 1920.
New or noteworthy additions to the flora of S. California. Bull. S. Calif.
Acad. Sci. 19:54—56.
- ————. 1921.
New species from southern California. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 20:49—53.
- ————. 1922a.
New botanical records for southern California. Bull. S. Calif. Acad.
Sci. 21:27—28.
- ————. 1922b.
New botanical species from S. California. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
21:39—4l.
- ————. 1923a.
New plants from S. California. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 22:5—6.
- ————. 1923b
New California plants. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 22:70—74.
- ————. 1924a.
Eriogonum crocatum n. sp. [Polygonaceae] Bull. S. Calif. Acad.
Sci. 23:17.
- ————. 1924b.
lilium parryi var. kessleri, n. var. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 23:53—54.
- ————.
1924c. Zygadenus diegoensis n. sp. [Melanthiaceae] Bull. S. Calif.
Acad. Sci. 23:l05.
- ————. 1924d.
Calochortus lanternus n. sp., Allium grandiscetrum n. sp., and
additions to the local flora. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
23:126.
- ————. 1926.
Gilia inconspicua var. dentiflora n. var. [Polemoniaceae] Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 25:84.
- ————. 1927a.
Botanical field notes. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
26:16.
- ————. 1927b.
Lupinus piperita n. sp., Delphinium inflexum n. sp. Bull. S. Calif. Acad.
Sci. 26:70.
- ————. 1928.
Fritillaria hutchinsoni n. sp., Stylophyllum anomalum n. sp. Bull. S.
Calif. Acad. Sci. 27:79.
- ————. 1929.
Penstemon dubium n. sp. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 28:6.
- ————. 1930.
Horsfordia alata Gray. [Malvaceae] A new record for U .S. Bull. S.
Calif. Acad. Sci. 29:100.
- ————, and
G.L. Moxley. 1923. Flora of southern California. Times-Mirror Press, Los
Angeles. 452 p.
- Davidson, C. 1973. An anatomical and morphological study
of Datiscaceae. Aliso 21:49—110.
- Davidson, J.F. 1950. The genus Polemonium.
Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 23:209—282.
- Davis, F.W., P.A. Stine, and D.M. Stoms. 1994.
Distribution and conservation status of coastal sage scrub in southwestern
California. J. Veg. Sci. 5:743—756.
- ————,
————,
————, M.I. Borchert, and A.D.
Hollander. 1995. Gap analysis of the actual vegetation of California l. The
southwestern region. Madro–o 42:40—78.
- Davis, S.D., and H.A. Mooney. 1985. Comparative water
relations of adjacent California shrub and grassland communities.
Oecologia 66:522—529.
- ————, K.J.
Kolb, and K.P. Barton. 1998. Ecophysical processes and demographic patterns in
the structuring of California chaparral, p. 297-310 In: P. Rundel et
al., editors, Ecological Studies Vol.136. Landscape degradation and
biodiversity in Mediterranean-type ecosystems, Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
- Davis, W.S. 1979. Malacothrix clevelandii complex
(Compositae--Lactuceae) revisited. Madro–o 26:191—192.
- ————, and P.
Raven. 1962. Three new species related to Malacothrix clevelandii [Asteraceae]. Madro–o 16:258—266.
- ————, and
H.J. Thompson. 1967. A revision of Petalonyx (Loasaceae) with a
consideration of affinities in subfamily Gronovioideae. Madro–o
19:1—18.
- Dawson, E.Y. 1966a. The cacti of California. Univ. Calif.
Press, Berkeley. 64 p.
- ————. 1966b.
Seashore plants of southern California. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 101
p.
- ————, and
M.S.Foster. 1982. Seashore plants of California. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley.
226 p.
- Day, A.G. 1965. The evolution of a pair of sibling
allotetraploid species of cobwebby Gilias (Polemoniaceae). Aliso 6:25—75.
- ————. 1995.
Sessile-flowered species in the Navarretia leucocephala group
(Polemoniaceae). Madro–o 42:34—39.
- Dayton, W.A. 1931. Important western browse plants. USDA
Misc. Publ. No. 101. 213 p.
- Dean, L.E. 1978. The California desert sand dunes.
BLM-NASA #NSG 7220, California Desert Plan Staff, Riverside, Calif.
- Dedecca, D.M. 1954. Studies on the California species of
Stipa [Poaceae]. Madro–o 12:129—139.
- DeDecker, M. 1977. Ephedra --as strange as it
seems. Fremontia 4(4):22—24.
- DeGarmo, H.C. 1980. California list of scientific and
common plant names. USDA, Soil Conserv. Serv. 128 p.
- Delgadillo, J. 1992. Flor’stica y ecolog’a del norte de
Baja California. Univ. Autonoma de Baja Calif., Ensenada, Baja Calif. 339
p.
- Delisle, D.G. 1963. Taxonomy and distribution of the
genus Cenchrus [Poaceae]. Iowa State J. Sci.
37:259—231.
- Delisle, H.F. 1961. Common plants of the southern
California mountains. Naturegraph, Healdsburg, Calif. 64 p.
- Dempster, L.T. 1958. New names and combinations in the
genus Galium [Rubiaceae]. Brittonia 10:181—192.
- ————. 1959. A
re-evaluation of Galium multflorum and related taxa. Brittonia
11:105—122.
- ————. 1973.
The polygamous species of the genus Galium (Rubiaceae) section
Lophogalium, of Mexico and southwestern United States. Univ. Calif.
Publ. Bot. 64:1—36.
- ————. 1974. A
new name for a well-known California Galium (Rubiaceae). Madro–o 22:312—313.
- ————. 1979.
Rubiaceae. Vol. 4, Part 2, In: W.L. Jepson. A flora of California.
Univ. Calif., Berkeley.
- ————, and F.
Ehrendorfer. 1965. Evolution of the Galium multiflorum complex in
western North America. II. Critical taxonomic revision. Brittonia
17:289—334.
- ————, and
G.L. Stebbins. 1965. The fleshy-fruited Galium species of California.
I. Madro–o 18:105—112.
- ————, and
————. 1968. A cytotaxonomic
revision of the fleshy-fruited Galium species of California and
southern Oregon. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot.
46:1—51.
- ————, and
————. 1971. The Galium
angustifolium complex (Rubiaceae) of California and Baja California.
Madro–o 21:70—95.
- Dept. of Arboreta and Botanic Gardens, County of Los
Angeles. (n. d.) Poisonous plants of southern California. Arcadia, Calif. 34
p.
- Derby, J.A., I. Parker, T. Paysen, et al. 1978.
Vegetation classification system for southern California. San Bernardino Natl.
Forest and the Calif. Dept. Fish and Game. 44 p.
- DeSimone, S.A. 1995. California's coastal sage scrub.
Fremontia 23(4):3—8.
- ————, and
J.H. Burk. 1992. Local variation in floristics and distributional factors in
Californian coastal sage scrub. Madro–o 39:170—188.
- Devender, T.R. van. 1977. Holocene woodlands in the
southwestern deserts. Science 198:189—192.
- ————, and
F.G. Hawksworth. 1986. Fossil mistletoes [Viscaceae] in packrat middens from
the southwestern United States. Madro–o 33:85—99.
- ————, and
W.G. Spaulding. 1979. Development of vegetation and climate in the
southwestern United States. Science 204:701—710.
- ————, R.S.
Thompson, and J.L. Betancourt. 1987. Vegetation history of the Southwest: the
nature and timing of the Late Wisconsin-Holocene transition, p.
323—352. In: W.F. Ruddiman and H.E. Wright, Jr., editors,
North America and adjacent oceans during the last deglaciation. Geol. Soc.
Amer., Boulder, Colo.
- DeVries, J.J., editor. 1984a. Shrublands in California:
literature review and research needed for management. Executive summary. Univ.
Calif., Davis, Water Resources Center. 15 p.
- ————, editor,
1984b. Shrublands in California: literature review and research needed for
management. Univ. Calif., Davis. 146 p.
- ————, editor,
1986. Proceedings of the chaparral ecosystems research conference. Univ.
Calif., Davis, Water Resources Center. 155 p.
- di Castri, F. 1981. Mediterranean-type shrublands of the
world, p. 1—52. In: F. di Castri, D. W. Goodall, and R. L.
Specht, editors, Ecosystems of the world 11. Mediterranean-type shrublands.
Elsevier Sci., New York.
- ————. 1991.
An ecological overview of the five regions with a Mediterranean climate, p.
3—16. In: R.H. Groves and F. di Castri, editors,
Biogeography of Mediterranean invasions. Cambridge Univ. Press, New
York.
- ————, D.W.
Goodall, and R.L. Specht, editors. 1981. Ecosystems of the world ll.
Mediterranean-type shrublands. Elsevier Sci., New York. 643 p.
- ————, and
H.A. Mooney, editors. 1973. Mediterranean ecosystems: origin and structure.
Springer-Verlag, New York. 405 p.
- Dice, J.C. 1988. Systematic studies in the Nolina
bigelovii-N. parryi (Nolinaceae) complex. M.S. Thesis, San Diego State
Univ., San Diego, Calif. 203 p.
- Dice, L.R. 1939. The Sonoran biotic province.
Ecology 20:118—129.
- ————. 1943.
The biotic provinces of North America. Univ. Mich. Press, Ann Arbor. 77
p.
- Dieck-Peddie, W.A., and J.P. Hubbard. l977.
Classification of riparian vegetation. USDA, Forest Serv. Gen. Tech. Rep.
RM-43:89—90.
- Diggs, G.M., Jr. 1981. Systematic studies in the Arbuteae
(Ericaceae:Vaccinioideae) including a revision of the genus
Comarostaphylis. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Wisconsin, Madison. 357 p.
- ————. 1987.
Numerical systematics of Comarostphylis (Ericaceae: Arbuteae). Syst.
Bot. 12:586—600.
- Dodge, N.N., and J.R. Janish. 1969. Flowers of the
southwest deserts. Tenth ed. Southw. Monuments Assoc., Globe, Ariz. 112
p.
- Dole, J.W., and B.B. Rose. 1994. An amateur botanist's
identification manual for the shrubs and trees of the southern California
deserts. Foot-loose Press, North Hills, Calif. 157 p.
- Dremann, C.C. 1987. Grasses of California; distribution
maps. Redwood City Seed Co., Redwood City, Calif. 24 p., maps.
- Dressler, R.L. 1954. The genus Tetracoccus (Euphorbiaceae). Rhodora 56:45—61.
- ————. 1993.
Phylogeny and classification of the orchid family. Dioscorides Press,
Portland, Oreg. 311 p.
- Dudley, T. 1998. Exotic plant invasions in California
riparian areas and wetlands. Fremontia 26(4):24—29.
- Dudley, W.R. 1984. Phyllospadix [Zosteraceae], its
systematic characters and distribution. Zoe 4:381—385.
- ————. 1902.
The trees of southern California. Los Angeles Evening Post, June 7, 14,
21.
- Duke, J.A. 1989. CRC handbook of nuts. CRC Press, Boca
Raton, Fla. 343 p.
- Dundas, F.W. 1934. A revision of the Phacelia
californica group (Hydrophyllaceae) for North America. Bull. S. Calif.
Acad. Sci. 33:152—168.
- Dunmire, J.R., editor. 1979. Sunset new western garden
book. Lane Publ. Co., Menlo Park, Calif. 512 p.
- Dunn, A.T. 1985. The Tecate cypress. Fremontia 13(3):3—7.
- ————. 1988.
The biogeography of the California floristic province. Fremontia
15(5):3—9.
- Dunn, D.B. 1955. Taxonomy of Lupinus, group
micranthi (Leguminosae) of the Pacific Coast. El Aliso 3:135—171.
- ————. 1958.
Lupinus concinnus var. brevior. Aliso 4:138.
- ————, J.A.
Christian, and C.T. Dziekanowski. 1966. Nomenclature of the California
Lupinus concinnus - L. sparsiflorus complex. Aliso 6:45—50.
- Duthie, R.P. 1925. Taxonomy and distribution of the genus
Delphinium in Washington, Oregon, and California. Ph.D. Thesis,
Stanford Univ., Stanford, Calif. 84 p.
- Dyke, J.C. van. 1980. The desert: further studies in
natural appearances. Gibbs Smith Publ., Layton, Utah (1st ed. 1901).
- Eastwood, A. 1905. A handbook of trees of California.
Calif. Acad. Sci., Occ. Papers 9:1—86.
- ————. 1907.
Notes on California plants. Muhlenbergia 3:131.
- ————. 1934a.
A revision of the genera formerly included in Arctostaphylos. Leafl.
W. Bot. 1:97—104.
- ————. 1934b.
A revision of Arctostaphylos [Ericaceae] with key and descriptions.
Leafl. W. Bot. 1:105—127.
- ————. 1935.
New species of Californian Castilleja [Scrophulariaceae]. Leafl. W.
Bot. 1:174—176
- ————. 1936.
The shrubby Malvastrums [Malvaceae] of California with descriptions of new
species and a key to the known species. Leafl. W. Bot.
1:213—220.
- ————. 1938.
New species in liliaceae. Leafl. W. Bot.
2:109—112.
- ————. 1939.
Early botanical explorers on the Pacific coast and the trees they found there.
Quart. Calif. Hist. Soc. 18:344.
- ————. 1941a.
A key to the common families of flowering plants in California and a guide for
the analysis and description of flowering plants. J.H. Barry, San Francisco.
16 p.
- ————. 1941b.
New species of Castilleja. Leafl. W. Bot.
3:87—92, 116—117.
- ————. 1942.
New western lupines [Lupinus munzii]. Leafl. W. Bot. 3:202—204.
- ————. 1943.
Variation in Castilleja plagiotoma. Leafl. W. Bot. 3:248—249.
- Eaton, A.A. 1889. A new species of Selaginella. Fern
Bull. 7:33—34.
- Ebeling, W. 1986. Handbook of Indian foods and fibers of
arid America. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 971 p.
- Eckenwalder, J.E. 1976. Re-evaluation of Cupressaceae and
Taxodiaceae: a proposed merger. Madro–o 23:237—300.
- Edlin, H. L. 1978. The tree key: a guide to
identification in garden, field, and forest. Charles ScribnerÕs Sons, New
York. 280 p.
- Ehrendorfer, F. 1961. Evolution of the Galium
multiflorum [Rubiaceae] complex in western North America. I. Diploids and
polyploids in this dioecious group. Madro–o 16:109—122.
- Elias, T.S. 1980. The complete trees of North America.
Field guide and natural history. Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York. 948
p.
- ————, editor.
1987. Conservation and management of rare and endangered plants: a California
conference. Calif. Native Plant Soc., Sacramento, Calif. 640 p.
- ————, and
P.A. Dykeman. 1982. Field guide to North American edible wild plants. Van
Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York. 286 p.
- Emory, W.H. 1848. Notes of a military reconnaissance from
Fort Leavenworth, in Missouri to San Diego, in California, including Arkansas,
Del Norte, and Gila Rivers. Thirtieth Congress, First Session. Exec.
Doc. 41:15—126. Washington, D.C.
- ————.
1857-1858. Report of the United States-Mexican boundary survey. USDI. 2
vols.
- Enari, L. 1962. Ornamental shrubs of California. Ward
Ritchie Press, Los Angeles, Calif. 214 p.
- ————. 1975.
Poisonous plants of southern California. Los Angeles Co. Dept. Arboreta and
Bot. Gard. , Arcadia, Calif. 35 p.
- Ensign, M. 1942. A revision of the celastraceous genus
Forsellesia (Glossopetalon) [Crossosomataceae]. Amer.
Midl. Naturalist 27:501—511.
- Epling, C. 1925. Monograph of the genus Monardella [Lamiaceae]. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
12:1—106.
- ————. 1934.
Preliminary revision of the American Stachys [Lamiaceae]. Fedde Rep.
Sp. Nov. Regni Veg. 80:1—75.
- ————. 1938.
The California Salvias. A review of Salvia, section Audibertia [Lamiaceae]. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
25:95—188.
- ————. 1939.
Notes on the Scutellariae [Lamiaceae] of western North America. Madro–o 5:49—572.
- ————. 1940. A
revision of Salvia, subgenus Calosphace. Publ. Univ. Calif. Los
Angeles Biol. Sci. 2:1—383.
- ————. 1942.
The American species of Scutellaria. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot.
20:1—146.
- ————. 1945. A
revision of the genus Trichostoma [Lamiaceae]. Brittonia 5:276—303.
- ————. 1947.
Natural hybridization of Salvia apiana and S. mellifera.
Evolution 1:69—78.
- ————. 1948. A
synopsis of the tribe Lepechinieae [Lamiaceae]. Brittonia 6:352—364.
- ————, and
A.L. Haines. 1957. A subspecies of Yucca whipplei Torrey.
Brittonia 9:171—172.
- ————, and C.
Jativa. 1966. A descriptive key to the species of Satureja [Lamiaceae]
indigenous to North America. Brittonia 18:244—265.
- ————, and H.
Lewis. 1942. The centers of distribution of the chaparral and coastal sage
associations. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 27:445—462.
- ————,
————, and P.H. Raven. 1962.
Chromosomes of Salvia: section Audibertia. Aliso 5:217—221.
- Erdman, K.S. 1965. Taxonomy of the genus Sphenopholis.
Iowa State J. Sci. 39:289—336.
- Ernst, W.R. 1964. The genus Eschscholzia [Papaveraceae] in the South Coast Ranges of California. Madro–o
17:281—294.
- Ertter, B. 1980, A revision of the genus Oxytheca Nutt. Brittonia 32:70—102.
- ————. 1991.
New combinations in Potentilla and Horkelia (Rosaceae) in
California. Phytologia 71:420—422.
- ————. 1993. A
re-evaluation of the Horkelia bolanderi (Rosaceae) complex, with the
new species Horkelia yadonii. Syst. Bot. 18:137—144.
- Estes, F.E. 1925. The shrubby Malvastrums [Malvaceae] of
southern California. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. 24:81—87.
- Etienne, C. 1974. The spectacular flannel bushes
[Fremontodendron, Bombacaceae]. Fremontia 2(1):8—10.
- Evans, E.H. 1967. Useful trees of the desert. Pacific
Disc. 20(2):18—23.
- Everett, P.C. 1950. The Californian Penstemons
[Scrophulariaceae]. El Aliso 2:155—198.
- ————. 1961.
Ceanothus griseus ÔSanta AnaÕ. Lasca Leaves 11:2—4.
- Everly, M.L. 1947. Taxonomic study of Perityle [Asteraceae] and related genera. Contr. Dudley Herb.
3:375—396.
- Ewan, J. 1934. Anstruther Davidson: an appreciation.
Madro–o 44:124—128.
- ————. 1942. A
review of the North American weedy heliotropes. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
41:51—57.
- ————. 1943.
The correct name for the Pacific involucrate Trifolium [Fabaceae].
Leafl. W. Bot. 3:222—224.
- ————. 1947.
Willis linn Jepson. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 37:414—416.
- ————. 1983.
Louis Cutter Wheeler (1910-1980) in California and Ceylon. Taxon 32:545—548.
- ————. 1987.
Edmund Carroll Jaeger (1887-1983), Dave Keck's California mentor. Taxon 36:402—404.
- Eyre, F.H., editor. 1980. Forest cover types of the
United States and Canada. Soc. Amer. Foresters, Washington, D.C. 48 p.
- Faber, P.M. 1982. Common wetland plants of coastal
California: a field guide for the layman. Pickleweed Press, Mill Valley,
Calif. 111 p.
- ————, editor.
1997. CaliforniaÕs wild gardens. A living legacy. Calif. Dept. Fish and Game
and Calif. Native Plant Soc., Sacramento. 236 p.
- ————, and R.
Holland. 1988. Common riparian plants of California. Pickleweed Press, Mill
Valley, Calif.
- ————, E.
Keller, A. Sands, and B.M. Massey. 1989. The ecology of riparian habitats of
the southern California coastal region: a community profile. U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Serv. Biol. Rep. 85(7.27). 152 p.
- Farquhar, F.P., editor. 1966. Up and down California in
1860-1864: the journal of William H. Brewer (3rd ed.). Univ. Calif. Press,
Berkeley, Calif.
- Fassett, N.C. 1939. Elatine and other aquatics.
Rhodora 41:367—377.
- ————. 1940. A
manual of aquatic plants. Revised by E.C. Ogden. Univ. Wisconsin Press,
Madison. 405 p.
- ————. 1951.
Callitriche in the New World. Rhodora 53:137—155,
161—182, 185—194, 209—222.
- ————. 1953.
North American Ceratophyllum. Com. Inst. Trop. Invest. Cient.
2:25—45.
- Fay, M.F., and M.W. Chase. 1996. Resurrection of
Themidaceae for the Brodiaea alliance, and recircumscription of
Alliaceae, Amaryllidaceae and Agapanthoideae. Taxon 45:441—451.
- Fedde, R. 1907. Meconellae generis species nova
californiae australis. Fedde Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg.
3:275.
- Felton, E.L. 1965. CaliforniaÕs many climates. Pacific
Books, Palo Alto, Calif. 169 p.
- Fernald, M.L. 1932. The linear-leaved North American
species of Potamogeton, section Axillares. Mem. Amer. Acad.
Arts and Sci. 17:l—179.
- Ferren, W.R., Jr. 1990. Recent research on and new
management issues for southern California estuarine wetlands, p.
55—79. In: A.A. Schoenherr, editor, Endangered plant
communities of southern California. S. Calif. Bot. Spec. Publ. No. 3.
- ————, J.
Bleck, and N. Vivrette. 1981. Malephora crocea (Aizoaceae) naturalized
in California. Madro–o 28:80—85.
- ————, P.L.
Fiedler, R.A. Leidy. 1996. Wetlands of California, Part I: history of wetland
habitat classification. Madro–o 43:105—124.
- ————,
————,
————, K.D. Lafferty, and L.A.K.
Mertes. 1996a. Wetlands of California, Part II: Classification and description
of wetlands of the central and southern California coast and coastal
watersheds. Madro–o 43:125—182.
- ————,
————,
————,
————, and
————. 1996b. Wetlands of
California, Part III: key to and catalogue of wetlands of the central and
southern California coast and coastal watersheds. Madro–o 43:183—233.
- ————, and
R.F. Holland. 1988. Common riparian plants of California: a field guide for
the layman. Pickleweed Press, Mill Valley, Calif. 140 p.
- ————, D.L.
Magney, and T.A. Sholars. 1995. The future of California floristics and
systematics: collecting guidelines and documentation techniques.
Madro–o 42:197—210.
- ————, and
S.A. Whitmore. 1983. Suaeda esteroa (Chenopodiaceae), a new species
from estuaries of southern California and Baja California. Madro–o 30:181—190.
- Fiedler, P.L. 1986. Concepts of rarity in vascular plant
species, with special reference to the genus Calochortus Pursh
(liliaceae). Taxon 35:502—518.
- ————. 1987.
life history and population dynamics of rare and common mariposa lilies
(Calochortus Pursh: liliaceae). J. Ecology 75:977—995.
- ————. 1995.
Rarity in the California flora: new thoughts on old ideas. Madro–o 42:127—141.
- ————. 1996.
Rare lilies of California. Calif. Native Plant Soc. Press, Sacramento, Calif.
160 p., ill.
- Fischer, B.B., A.H. Lange, J. McCaskill, and B. Crampton.
1976. GrowersÕ weed identification handbook. Div. Agric. Serv., Univ. Calif.,
Berkeley Publ. 4030.
- Fish, E. 1974. Wildflowers of North America: a selected,
annotated bibliography of books in print. library, N.Y. Bot. Gard., Bronx, New
York. 34 p.
- Flora North America Editorial Committee. 1993. Flora of
North America north of Mexico. Vol. 1: Introduction. Oxford Univ. Press, New
York. 372 p.
- ————. 1993.
Flora of North America north of Mexico. Vol. 2: Pteridophytes and gymnosperms.
Oxford Univ. Press, New York. 475 p.
- ————. 1997.
Flora of North America north of Mexico. Vol. 3: Magnoliophyta: Magnoliidae and
Hamamelidae. Oxford Univ. Press, New York. 590 p.
- Ford, L.D., and K.S. Norris. 1989. The University of
California natural reserve system: progress and prospects. Fremontia 17(2):11—16.
- Ford, V.S. 1987. Genetic and developmental studies of
morphological evolution in Layia [Asteraceae]. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ.
Calif., Davis. 142 p.
- Foreman, G. 1941. A pathfinder in the southwest--the
itinerary of lieutenant A.W. Whipple during his explorations for a railway
route from Fort Smith to Los Angeles in the years 1853 and 1854. Univ. Okla.
Press, Norman.
- Fosberg. F.R. 1934. The southern California prickly-pears
[Cactaceae]. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
33:93—104.
- ————. 1936.
Varieties of the desert willow, Chilopsis linearis [Bignoniaceae].
Madro–o 3:362—366.
- ————. 1946.
Elaeagnus angustifolia from Victorville. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 27:257.
- ————, and J.
Ewan. 1935. Notes on southwestern plants. Bull. S. Calif. Acad.
Sci. 34:177—183.
- Fowells, H.A. 1965. Silvics of forest trees of the United
States. USDA, Forest Serv. Agric. Handb. No. 271: U.S. Gov. Print. Office,
Washington, D.C. 762 p.
- Fowler, M., A.L. Craigmill, B.B. Norman, and P.
Michelsen. 1982. livestock-poisoning plants of California. Div. Agric. Serv.,
Univ. Calif., Berkeley Exten. Leafl. No. 21268. 23 p.
- Fox, M.D. 1990. Mediterranean weeds: exchanges of
invasive plants between the five Mediterranean regions of the world.
In: F. di Castri, A.J. Hansen, and M. DeBussche, editors, Biological
invasions in Europe and the Mediterranean Basin. Kluwer Acad. Publ.,
Dordrecht, The Netherlands.
- Frazier, C.K. 1993. An ecological study of hybridization
between chaparral shrubs of contrasting life-history strategies. M.S. Thesis,
San Diego State Univ., San Diego, Calif. 186 p.
- Frederiksen, S. 1982. Festuca brachyphylla, F.
saximontana and related species in North America. Nord. J. Bot.
2:525—536.
- Frenkel, R.E. 1970. Ruderal vegetation along some
California roadsides. Univ. Calif. Publ. Geogr.
20:1—163.
- Friedland, S. 1941. The American species of Hemicarpha [Cyperaceae]. Amer. J. Bot. 28:855—861.
- Fritsch, P. 1996. Population structuring and patterns of
morphological variation in Californian Styrax (Styracaceae).
Aliso 14:205—218.
- Fritzke, S., and P. Moore. 1998. Exotic plant management
in national parks of California. Fremontia
26(4):49—53.
- Frodin, D.G. 1985. Guide to standard floras of the world.
Cambridge Univ. Press, New York. 619 p.
- Fryxell, J.E. 1983. A revision of Abutilon sect.
Oligocarpae (Malvaceae), including a new species from Mexico.
Madro–o 30:84—92.
- Fuller, T.C., and G.D. Barbe. 1972. list of California
herbaria and working collections. Bot. Lab., Div. Plant Industry, Dept. Food
and Agric., Sacramento, Calif. 30 p.
- ————, and E.
McClintock. 1986. Poisonous plants of California. Univ. Calif. Press,
Berkeley. 433 p.
- Fultz, F.M. 1923. The elfin-forest of California.
Times-Mirror Press, Los Angeles. (2nd ed. 1927).
- ————. 1928.
lily, iris, and orchid of southern California. Spanish Amer. Inst. Press,
Gardena, Calif. 135 p.
- Gaines, D.A. 1977. The valley riparian forests of
California: their importance to bird populations, p. 57—85.
In: A. Sands, editor, Riparian forest in California: ecology and
conservation. Inst. Ecol. Publ. l5, Univ. Calif., Davis.
- Gallagher, K.G. 1995. Allozyme evidence for hybridization
and introgression between an introduced and a putative native species of
Carpobrotus (Aizoaceae). M.A. Thesis, library, Calif. State Univ.
Fresno, Calif.
- Gallez, G.P. 1981. Genetic evidence for the hybrid origin
of Stephanomeria diegensis (Compositae). M.S. Thesis, Univ. Calif.,
Davis. 56 p.
- Galloway, A. 1974. C.C. Parry and the botany of the
boundary. Fremontia 2(1):3—7.
- Galloway, L.A. 1976. Systematics of the North American
desert species of Abronia and Tripterocalyx (Nyctaginaceae).
Brittonia 27:328—347.
- Galway, D.H. 1945. The North American species of
Smilacina [Convallariaceae]. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 33:644—666.
- Gamerro, J.C. 1968. Observaciones sobre la biolog’a
floral y morfolog’a de la Potamogetonaceae Ruppia cirrhosa (Petag.)
Grand [Ruppiaceae]. Darwiniana 14:575—608.
- Gentry, H.S. 1958. The natural history of jojoba
(Simmondsia chinensis) [Simmondsiaceae] and its cultural aspects.
Econ. Bot. 12:261—295.
- ————. 1982.
Agaves of continental North America. Univ. Arizona Press, Tucson. 670
p.
- Gentry, J.L., Jr., and R.L. Carr. 1976. A revision of the
genus Hackelia (Boraginaceae) in North America, north of Mexico.
Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 26(1):121—227.
- George, C.D. 1974. Pollinator behavior and hybridization
in sympatric populations of Penstemon centranthifolius [Scrophulariaceae]. M.S. Thesis, Calif. State Polytech. Univ., Pomona. 94
p.
- Giannasi, D.E., and T.I. Chuang. 1976. Flavonoid
systematics of the genus Perideridia (Umbelliferae). Brittonia 28:177—194.
- Gibbons, E., and G. Tucker. 1979. Euell GibbonsÕ handbook
of edible wild plants. Donning Co., Virginia Beach, Va. 319 p.
- Gillis, W.T. 1971. The systematics and ecology of
poison-ivy and poison-oak (Toxicodendron, Anacardiaceae). Rhodora
73:72—159, 161—237, 370—443,
465—540.
- ————. 1977.
Pluchea [Asteraceae] revisited. Taxon 26:587—591.
- Godfrey, R.K. 1952. Pluchea [Asteraceae] in North
America. J. Elisha Mitchell Soc. 68:238—272.
- Goethe, C.M. 1953. The elfin forest: a glimpse of
CaliforniaÕs chaparral. Keystone Press, Sacramento, Calif. 89 p.
- Goforth, D.L. 1979. A checklist of the trees, shrubs, and
wildflowers of the California desert. Deposited in Humboldt State Univ. Herb.,
Arcata, Calif. 23 p.
- Goodman, G.J. 1934. A revision of the North American
species of the genus Chorizanthe [Polygonaceae]. Ann. Missouri Bot.
Gard. 21:1—102.
- Goodspeed, T.H. 1954. The genus Nicotiana
[Solanaceae]. Chron. Bot. 16:1—536.
- Gordon, H., and T.C. White. 1994. Ecological guide to
southern California chaparral plant series: Transverse and Peninsular ranges:
Angeles, Cleveland and San Bernardino national forests. USDA, Forest Serv.,
Pacific Southw. Reg., Cleveland Natl. Forest. 1 vol., map.
- Gordon-Reedy, P.J. 1990. Trichome patterns and geographic
variation in Leptodactylon californicum (Polemoniaceae). Madro–o 37:28—42.
- Gottlieb, L.D. 1971. Evolutionary relationships in the
outcrossing diploid annual species of Stephanomeria (Compositae).
Evolution 25:312—329.
- ————. 1972. A
proposal for classification of the annual species of Stephanomeria (Compositae). Madro–o 21:463—481.
- Gould, F.W. 1951. Grasses of southwestern United States.
Univ. Ariz., Biol. Sci. Bull. 7:l—343.
- ————. 1979.
The genus Bouteloua (Poaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
66:348—416.
- ————, M.A.
Ali, and D.E. Fairbrothers. 1972. A revision of Echinochloa [Poaceae]
in the United States. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 87:36—59.
- ————, and R.
Moran. 1981. The grasses of Baja California, Mexico. San Diego Soc.
Nat. Hist. Mem. 12:1—140.
- Graham, E., and H.E. McMinn. 1941. Ornamental shrubs and
woody vines of the Pacific coast, with a chapter on the structure and
functions of flowering plant organs. Gillick press, Berkeley, Calif. 259
p.
- Graham, S. 1996. The identity of the name Ludwigia
scabriuscula Kellogg [Ammania robusta Heer and Regel, Lythraceae].
Madro–o 44:395—396.
- Grant, A.L. 1924. A monograph of the genus Mimulus [Scrophulariaceae]. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
11:99—388.
- Grant, A., and V. Grant. 1955. The genus
Allophyllum [Polemoniaceae]. Aliso 3:93—110.
- ————, and
————. 1956. Genetic and taxonomic
studies in Gilia [Polemoniaceae]. VIII. The cobwebby Gilias. El
Aliso 3:203—287.
- Grant, E., and C. Epling. 1943. A study of
Pycnanthemum [Lamiaceae]. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot.
20:195—240.
- ————, and
————. 1955. The genus
Allophyllum (Polemoniaceae). El Aliso 2:93—110.
- Grant, K.A., and V. Grant. 1964. Mechanical isolation of
Salvia apiana and Salvia mellifera (Labiatae). Evolution
18:196—212.
- Grant, V. 1949. A genetic and systematic analysis of the
Gilia capitata complex [Polemoniaceae]. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif.,
Berkeley. 118 p.
- ————. 1950a.
Pollination of Calycanthus occidentalis. Amer. J. Bot. 37:294—297.
- ————.
1950b-1966. Genetic and taxonomic studies in Gilia. El Aliso 2:239—316 (1950); idem 2:361—373,
375—388 (1952); idem 3:1—53,
59—91 (1954); idem 5:479—507 (1964);
idem 6:67—80 (1966).
- ————. 1956. A
synopsis of Ipomopsis [Polemoniaceae]. El Aliso 3:351—362.
- ————. 1959.
Natural history of the phlox family. Vol. l Systematic botany. Martinus
Nijhoff, The Hague, Netherlands. 280 p.
- ————, and A.
Grant. 1960. Fertility relationships of the diploid cobwebby Gilias.
Aliso 4:435—481.
- ————, and
K.A. Grant. 1956. Flower pollination in the phlox family. Columbia Univ.
Press, New York. 180 p.
- ————, and
————. 1966-1967. Records of
hummingbird pollination in the western American flora. Aliso 6:51—66 (1966), 103—105 (1967).
- ————, R.M.
Beeks and H.L. Latimer. 1956. Genetic and taxonomic studies in Gilia.
IX. chromosome numbers in the cobwebby Gilias. El Aliso 3:289—296.
- Grant, W.F. 1997. Karyotypes and idiograms of some
western North American species of Lotus (Fabaceae). Aliso 16:73—80.
- Graves, G. W. 1932. Ecological relationships of Pinus
sabiniana. Bot. Gaz (Crawfordsville)
94:106—133.
- Gray, J.T. 1982. Community structure and productivity
in Ceanothus chaparral and coastal sage scrub of southern California.
Ecol. Monogr. 52:415—435.
- ————. 1983.
Competition for light and a dynamic boundary between chaparral and coastal
sage scrub. Madro–o 30:43—49.
- Grayum, M.H., and T.R. Gordon. 1976. Agrostis
thurberiana (Gramineae), new to southern California. Madro–o
23:360.
- Greene, E.L. 1896. On Mr. Parish's plants of southern
California of 1895. Erythea 4:65—68.
- ————. 1902.
Two new Erigerons [Asteraceae]. Bull. Calif. Acad. 1:39.
- ————. 1903.
Platystemon [Papaveraceae] and its allies. Pittonia 5:139—194.
- ————. 1905a.
Revision of Eschscholzia. [Papaveraceae]. Pittonia 5:205—293.
- ————. 1905b.
A study of Dendromecon [Papaveraceae]. Pittonia 5:295—306.
- Greenman, J.M. 1915-1918. Monograph of North and Central
American species of the genus Senecio [Asteraceae]. Ann. Missouri
Bot. Gard. 2:573—623; 3:85—194;
4:15—36; 5:37—107.
- Gregory, D.P. 1963-1964. Hawkmoth pollination in the
genus Oenothera [Onagraceae]. Aliso 5:357—384
(1963); idem 5:385—419 (1964).
- ————. 1962.
Intraspecific variation in Pinus sabiniana Dougl. Ph.D., Univ. Calif.,
Berkeley.
- ————. 1977.
Oak woodland, p. 383—415. In: M.G. Barbour and J. Major,
editors, Terrestrial vegetation of California. John Wiley and Sons, New
York.
- ————, and
W.B. Critchfield. 1972. The distribution of forest trees in California.
USDA, Forest Serv. Res. Paper PSW-82. Berkeley, Calif. 114 p.
- ————. 1987
California oaks: a bibliography. USDA, Forest Serv., Pacific Southw. Forest
and Range Exp. Sta., Berkeley. 37 p.
- Griffin, J.R. 1977. Oak woodland, p. 383—415.
In: M.G. Barbour and J. Major, editors, Terrestrial vegetation of
California. John Wiley and Sons, New York.
- ————, and
W.B. Critchfield. 1976. the distribution of forest trees in California.
Reprint with supplement of l972 ed. USDA, Forest Serv. Res. Pap. PSW-82/1972.
118 p.
- ————, P.M.
McDonald, and P.C. Muick. 1987. California oaks: a bibliography. USDA, Forest
Serv., Pacific Southw. Forest and Range Exp. Sta., Gen. Tech. Rep. PSW-96. 37
p.
- ————, and
P.C. Muick. 1990. California native oaks: past and present. Fremontia 18(3):4—12.
- Grillos, S.J. 1966. Ferns and fern allies of California.
Calif. Nat. Hist. Guides: 16. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 104 p.
- Grinnell, F., Jr. 1913. Dr. Joseph C. Nevin. Bull. S.
Calif. Acad. Sci. 12:42—43.
- Groves, R.H. 1983. Introduction: the origins and
characteristics of Mediterranean ecosystems, p. 1—17. In:
J.A. Day, editor, Mineral nutrients in Mediterranean ecosystems. CSIR, South
African Natl. Sci. Programs., Rep. No. 71.
- ————. 1991.
The biogeography of Mediterranean plant invasions, p. 427—438.
In: R.H. Groves and F. di Castri, editors, Biogeography of
Mediterranean invasions. Cambridge Univ. Press, New York
- ————, and F.
di Castri, editors. 1991. Biogeography of Mediterranean invasions. Cambridge
Univ. Press, New York.
- Gulmon, S. L.1977. A comparative study of the grasslands
of California and Chile. Flora 166:261—278.
- Gustafson, R.J. 1981. The vegetation of Ballona, p. Bo-1
thru Bo-29, 16 figs., In: R.W. Schreiber, editor, Biota of the Ballona
region, Los Angeles County. Supplement 1, Marina Del Rey/Ballona Local Coastal
Plan, Los Angeles County Natural History Museum Foundation.
- Gustafson, S.S. 1990. Ephemeral Edens [vernal pools].
Pacific Disc. 43(2):22—32.
- Hales, M. 1975. The vegetational composition of the
grassland understory in pristine ponderosa pine forest. M.S. Thesis, Calif.
State Univ., Los Angeles. 64 p.
- Hall, C.A., Jr., and V. Doyle-Jones, editors. Plant
biology of eastern California: the Mary DeDecker symposium. White Mt. Res.
Sta., Los Angeles, Calif. 364 p.
- Hall, H.M. 1901. Studies on Californian plants. Bot.
Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 31:388-393.
- ————. 1904.
Some contributions to the phytogeography of southern California. Bull. S.
Calif. Acad. Sci. 3(2):19—22.
- ————. 1907.
Compositae of southern California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 3:l—302.
- ————. 1911.
Additional southern California Compositae. Muhlenbergia 7:83—84.
- ————. 1928.
The genus Haplopappus: a phylogenetic study in the Compositae. Publ.
Carnegie Inst. Wash. 389:1—391.
- ————, and
F.E. Clements. 1923. The phylogenetic method in taxonomy. The North American
species of Artemisia, Chrysothamnus, and Atriplex. Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash. 326. 355 p.
- Haller, J.R. 1957. Taxonomy, hybridization, and evolution
in Pinus ponderosa and P. jeffreyi. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ.
Calif., Los Angeles. 173 p.
- ————. 1959.
Factors affecting the distribution of ponderosa and Jeffrey pines in
California. Madro–o 15:65—71.
- ————. 1962.
Variation and hybridization in ponderosa and Jeffrey pines. Univ. Calif.
Publ. Bot. 34:123—166.
- ————. 1965.
The role of 2-needle fascicles in the adaptation and evolution of ponderosa
pine. Brittonia 17:354—382.
- ————. 1966.
Systematic and evolutionary relationships of Pinus torreyana. Amer.
J. Bot. 53:635 (abstr.).
- ————. 1967. A
comparison of the mainland and island populations of Torrey pine, p.
79—88. In: R.N. Philbrick, editor, Proceedings of the
symposium on biology of California Islands, Santa Barbara Bot. Gard., Santa
Barbara, Calif.
- ————. 1986.
Taxonomy and relationships of the mainland and island populations of Pinus
torreyana (Pinaceae). Syst. Bot. 11:39—50.
- Haines, L. 1941. Variation in Yucca whipplei [Agavaceae]. Madro–o 6:33—45.
- Hall, H.M. 1928. The genus Haplopappus [Asteraceae]. Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash.
389:1—391.
- Halligan, J.P. 1973. The herb pattern associated with
Artemisia californica [Asteraceae]. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif.,
Santa Barbara.
- Hamilton, J.G. 1997. Changing perceptions of pre-European
grasslands in California. Madro–o 44:311—333.
- Hamrick, J.L. 1966. Geographic variation in white fir.
M.S. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Berkeley. 143 p.
- ————, and
W.J. libby. 1972. Variation and selection in western U.S. montane species.
Silvae Genet. 21:29—35.
- Hanes, T.L. 1965. Ecological studies on two closely
related chaparral shrubs in southern California. Ecol. Monogr.
35:213—235.
- ————. 1971.
Succession after fire in the chaparral of southern California. Ecol.
Monogr. 41:27—52.
- ————. 1974.
The vegetation called chaparral, p. 1—5. In: M. Rosenthal,
editor, Symposium on living with the chaparral, proceedings. Sierra Club, San
Francisco.
- ————. 1977.
California chaparral, p. 417—469. In: M.G. Barbour
and J. Major, editors, Terrestrial vegetation of California. John Wiley and
Sons, New York.
- ————. 1981.
California chaparral, p. 139—174. In: F. di Castri, D.W.
Goodall, and R.L. Specht, editors, Mediterranean-type shrublands. Elsevier
Sci. Publ. Co., Amsterdam.
- ————. 1984.
Vegetation of the Santa Ana River and some flood control implications, p.
882—888. In: R.E. Warner and K.M. Hendrix, editors,
California riparian systems. Ecology, conservation, and productive management.
Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley.
- ————, R.D.
Friesen, and K. Keane. 1989. Alluvial scrub vegetation in coastal southern
California. In: D.L. Abell, editor, Proceedings of the California
riparian systems conference, September 22—24, 1988. USDA, Forest
Serv. Gen. Tech. Rep. PSW-110. Davis, Calif.
- ————, and
H.W. Jones. 1967. Postfire chaparral succession in southern California.
Ecology 48:259—264.
- Hannan, G.L. 1988. Evaluation of relationships within
Eriodictyon (Hydrophyllaceae) using trichome characteristics. Amer.
J. Bot. 75:579—588.
- Hardin, J.W., and J.M. Arena. 1974. Human poisoning from
native and cultivated plants. 2nd ed. Duke Univ. Press. Durham, N.C. 194
p.
- Harper, K.T., D.C. Freeman, W.K. Ostler, and L.G.
Klikoff. 1978. The flora of Great Basin Mountain ranges: diversity, sources,
and dispersal ecology, p. 81-103. In: K.T. Harper and J.L. Reveal,
editors, Intermountain biogeography: a symposium. Great Basin Naturalist Mem.
2.
- ————, and
J.L. Reveal, editors. 1978. Intermountain biogeography: a symposium. Great
Basin Naturalist Mem. 2. 268 p.
- Harrington, H.D. 1967. Western edible plants. Univ.
N.Mex. Press, Albuquerque, N.Mex. 156 p.
- Harris, M.K. 1974. An analysis of the effects of plants
on the microtopography of semiarid regions. M.A. Thesis, Calif. State Univ.,
Fullerton. 56 p.
- Harrison, A.T., E. Small, and H.A. Mooney. 1971. Drought
relationships and distribution of two Mediterranean-climate California plant
communities. Ecology 52:869—875.
- Harvey, L.E. 1989. Spatial and temporal dynamics of a
blue oak woodland. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Santa Barbara. 170 p.
- Harvey, M. 1943. A revision of the genus
Fremontia. Madro–o 7:100—110.
- Haskin, L.L. 1934. Wild flowers of the Pacific coast.
Binfords and Mort., Portland, Ore. 418 p.
- Hastey, E.L. 1978. BLM's plant preservation policies.
Fremontia 5(4):25—27.
- Hastings, J.R., R.M. Turner, and D.K. Warren. 1972. An atlas of some plant distributions in the Sonoran Desert. Univ.
Ariz., Inst. Atmospheric Phys., Tech. Rep. 21:1—255.
- Hauke, R. 1963. A taxonomic monograph of the genus
Equisetum subgenus Hippochaeta. Beih. Nova Hedwigia 8:1—123.
- Havard, V. 1895. The food plants of North American
Indians. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 22:98—123.
- ————. 1896.
The drink plants of the North American Indians. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 23:33—46.
- Hawksworth, F.G., and D. Wiens. 1972. Biology and
classification of dwarf mistletoes (Arceuthobium) [Viscaceae]. USDA
Agric. Handb. 401. Washington, D.C. 234 p.
- Haynes, R.R. 1974. A revision of North America
Potamogeton subsection Pusilli (Potamogetonaceae).
Rhodora 76:564—649.
- ————. 1985. A
revision of the clasping-leaved Potamogeton (Potamogetonaceae). Sida
11:173—188.
- Hays, E. 1970. The smog in the forest. Pacific
Disc. 23(3):11—15.
- ————. 1972.
Natural areas for scientific study. Pacific Disc. 25(3):1—9.
- Head, W.S. 1972. The California chaparral: an elfin
forest. Naturegraph Publ., Healdsburg, Calif. 93 p.
- Heads, N.E.A. 1952. Evolution of the California
landscape. State of Calif., Dept. Nat. Resources, Div. Mines, Bull.
158. 240 p.
- Heady, H.F. 1977. Valley grasslands, p.
491—514. In: M.G. Barbour and J. Major, editors,
Terrestrial vegetation of California. John Wiley and Sons, New York.
- Heckard, L.R. 1960. Taxonomic studies in the Phacelia
magellanica [Hydrophyllaceae] polyploid complex with special reference to
the California members. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot.
32:1—126.
- ————. 1968.
Chromosome numbers and polyploidy in Castilleja (Scrophulariaceae).
Brittonia 20:212—226.
- ————. 1973. A
taxonomic re-interpretation of the Orobanche californica complex.
Madro–o 22:41—70.
- ————, and
T.I. Chuang. 1973. Taxonomy of Cordylanthus subg. Hemistegia
(Scrophulariaceae). Brittonia 25:135—158.
- ————, and
L.T. Collins. 1982. Taxonomy and distribution of Orobanche valida (Orobanchaceae). Madro–o 29:95—100.
- ————, and
J.R. Haller. 1977. Where to look for the flowers. Fremontia 5(1):19—24.
- Heiser, C.B. 1944. Monograph of Psilostrophe
[Asteraceae]. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
31:279—300.
- ————, D.M.
Smith, S.B. Clevenger, and W.C. Martin, Jr. 1969. The North American
sunflowers (Helianthus) [Asteraceae]. Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 22(3):1—218.
- Heisey, W.M., M.A. Nobs, and O. Bjorkman. 197l.
Experimental studies on the nature of species. V. Biosystematics, genetics,
and physiological ecology of the Erythranthe section of Mimulus.
Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. 628. 213 p.
- Heller, A.A. 1904a—1906. Western species, new
and old. Muhlenbergia l:39-62, 105-110 (1904);
idem 1:111—118 (1905); idem 1:132—138, 144—147 (1906).
- ————. 1904b.
The genus Ribes [Grossulariaceae] in California. Muhlenbergia 1:63—104.
- ————. 1905.
The western Veratrums [Melanthiaceae]. Muhlenbergia l:119—125.
- ————. 1908.
Two Californian species of Ribes [Grossulariaceae]. Muhlenbergia 4:27—30.
- ————. 1909.
The nut pine. Muhlenbergia 5:31—35.
- ————. 1912a.
Pinus ponderosa and Pinus jeffreyi. Muhlenbergia 8:73—79.
- ————. 1912b.
The California white fir. Muhlenbergia 8:121—131.
- ————. 1913.
The oaks of the Pacific slope. Muhlenbergia 9:39—44,
52—54.
- Henderson, D.M. 1976. A biosystematic study of Pacific
northwestern blue-eyed grasses (Sisyrinchium, Iridaceae).
Brittonia 28:149—176.
- Henderson, N.C. 1962. A taxonomic revision of the genus
Lycopus (Labiatae). Amer. Midl. Naturalist 68:95—138.
- Hendricks, A.J. 1957. A revision of the genus Alisma
(Dill.) L. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 58:470—493.
- Henkel, A. 1907. American drug roots. Bur. Plant
Industr. Bull. 107:1—80.
- Henrickson, J. 1967. Pollen morphology of the
Fouquieriaceae. Aliso 6:137—160.
- ————. 1972. A
taxonomic revision of the Fouquieriaceae. Aliso 7:439—537.
- ————. 1976.
Ecology of southern California coastal salt marshes, p. 49—64.
In: J. Latting, editor, Plant communities of southern
California. Calif. Native Plant Soc. Spec. Publ. No. 2.
- ————. 1985. A
taxonomic revision of Chilopsis (Bignoniaceae). Aliso
11:179—197.
- Hermann, F.J. 1964. The Juncus mertensianus complex in western North America. Leafl. W. Bot.
10:81—87.
- Heriott, L., and A.M. Noldenke. 1956. A numerical summary
of the vascular plants of California. Leafl. W. Bot.
8:58—59.
- Hershkovitz, M.A. 1993. Revised circumscriptions and
subgeneric taxonomies of Calandrinia and Montiopsis (Portulacaceae) with notes on phylogeny of the portulacaceous alliance.
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80:333—365.
- Hickman, J.C. 1984. Nomenclatural changes in
Persicaria, Polygonum, and Rumex (Polygonaceae). Madro–o
31:249—252.
- ————, editor.
1993. The Jepson manual. Higher plants of California. Univ. Calif. Press,
Berkeley. 1400 p.
- Hilend, M., and J.T. Howell. 1934. Preliminary studies in
the genus Galium [Rubiaceae] in southern California. Leafl. W.
Bot. 1:134—137.
- ————, and
————. 1935. The genus
Galium in southern California Leafl. W. Bot.
1:145—168.
- Hilu, K., S. Boyd, and P. Felker. 1982. Morphological
diversity and taxonomy of California mesquites (Prosopis, Leguminosae).
Madro–o 29(4):237—254.
- Hinds, R.B., and G. Bentham. 1844. The botany of the
voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur, under the command of Captain Sir Edward Belcher,
R.N., C.B., F.R.G.S., etc., during the years 1836—42. Published
under the authority of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. Edited and
superintended by Richard Brinsey Hinds, Esq., Surgeon, R.N. attached to the
expedition. The botanical descriptions by George Bentham. London.
- Hinton, W.F. 1975. Systematics of the Calyptridium
umbellatum complex (Portulacaceae). Brittonia 27:197—208.
- Hitchcock, A.S. 1935. Manual of the grasses of the United
States. USDA Misc. Publ. 200:1—105l.
- ————, and A.
Chase. 1950, 1960. Manual of the grasses of the United States. 2 vols. Dover
Publ., New York.
- Hitchcock, C.L. 1932. A monographic study of the genus
Lycium [Solanaceae] of the Western Hemisphere. Ann. Missouri Bot.
Gard. 19:179—374.
- ————. 1936.
The genus Lepidium [Brassicaceae] in the United States. Madro–o 3:265—320.
- ————. 1943.
The xerophyllous species of Philadelphus [Hydrangeaceae] in
southwestern North America. Madro–o 7:35—56.
- ————. 1952 A
revision of the North American species of Lathyrus. Univ. Wash. Publ.
Biol. 15:1—104.
- ————. 1957. A
study of the perennial species of Sidalcea [Malvaceae]. Univ. Wash.
Publ. Biol. 18:1—79.
- ————, and A.
Cronquist. 1973. Flora of the Pacific Northwest: an illustrated manual. Univ.
Washington Press, Seattle. 730 p.
- ————, A.
Cronquist, M. Ownbey, and J.W. Thompson. 1955—1969. Vascular plants
of the Pacific Northwest. 5 vols. Univ. Washington Press, Seattle.
- ————, and B.
Maguire. 1947. A revision of the North American species of Silene.
Univ. Wash. Publ. Biol. 13:1—73.
- Hobbs, E.R. 1983. Factors controlling the form and
location of the boundary between coastal sage scrub and grassland in southern
California. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Los Angeles.
- ————. 1986.
Characterizing the boundary between California annual grassland and coastal
sage scrub with differential profiles. Vegetatio 65:115—126.
- Hogan, D.C., J.O. Sawyer, and C. Saunders. 1996. Southern
maritime chaparral. Fremontia 24(4):3—7
- Holing, D. 1988. California wild lands: a guide to the
Nature Conservancy preserves. Chronicle Books, San Francisco. 211 p.,
maps.
- Holland, R.F. 1978. Biogeography and ecology of vernal
pools in California. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Davis. 121 p.
- ————. 1986.
Preliminary descriptions of the terrestrial natural communities of California.
Calif. Resources Agency, Dept. Fish and Game, Sacramento. 156 p.
- ————, and
S.K. Jain. 1977. Vernal pools, p. 515—533. In: M.G.
Barbour and J. Major, editors, Terrestrial vegetation of California. John
Wiley and Sons, New York.
- ————, and
————. 1984. Spatial and temporal
variation in plant species diversity of vernal pools, p. 198—209.
In: S. Jain and P. Moyle, editors, Vernal pools and intermittent
streams. Inst. Ecol., Univ. Calif., Davis, Publ. No. 28.
- Holland, V.L. 1977. Major plant communities of
California, p. 3—41. In: D.R. Walters, M. McLeod, A.G.
Meyer, D. Rible, R.O. Baker, and L. Farwell, editors, Symposium proceedings.
Native plants: a viable option. Calif. Native Plant Soc., Sacramento, Spec.
Publ. No. 3.
- ————, and
D.J. Keil. 1995. California vegetation. Kendall/Hunt Publ. Co., Dubuque, Iowa.
516 p.
- Holm, L., J. Doll, E. Holm, J. Pancho, and J. Herberger.
1997. World weeds: natural histories and distribution. John Wiley and Sons,
New York. 1129 p., ill., maps.
- Holm, R.W. 1950. The American species of
Sarcostemma R.Br. (Asclepiadaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot.
Gard. 37:477—560.
- Holmgren, N.H. 1971. A taxonomic revision of the
Castilleja viscidula group [Scrophulariaceae]. Mem. New York. Bot.
Gard. 7(4):1—63.
- Holstein, G. 1980. California vegetation cover types.
Calif. Natural Diversity Data Base. Mimeogr. Draft of March 1980.
- ————. 1984.
California riparian forests: deciduous islands in an evergreen sea, p.
2—22. In: R.E. Warner and K.M. Hendrix, editors, California
riparian systems: ecology, conservation, and productive management. Univ.
Calif. Press, Berkeley.
- Holt, V. 1937. Chaparral. Science guide for elementary
schools. 4(1):1—35.
- Hood, L. 1975. Inventory of California natural areas.
Calif. Nat. Areas Coord. Council, Sonoma, Calif. 2 vols.
- Hoover, R.F.1939. A revision of the genus Brodiaea [Themidaceae]. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 22:551—574.
- ————. 1940. A
monograph of the genus Chlorogalum [Hyacinthaceae]. Madro–o 5:137—147.
- ————. 1941a.
The genus Orcuttia [Poaceae]. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club
68:149—156.
- ————. 1941b.
A systematic study of Triteleia [Themidaceae]. Amer. Midl.
Naturalist 25:73—100.
- Hoover, R.L. 1971. Food plants of the California Indians.
Pacific Disc. 24(3):11—17.
- ————. 1972.
Industrial plants of the California Indians. Pacific Disc.
25(5):25—31.
- ————. 1977.
California Indian uses of native plants, p. 131-162. In: D.R. Walters,
M. McLeod, A.G. Meyer, D. Rible, R.O. Baker, and L. Farwell, editors,
Symposium proceedings. Native plants: a viable option. Calif. Native Plant
Soc., Spec. Publ No. 3.
- Horn, E. 1982. Wildflowers of the Pacific Coast.
Beautiful Amer. Publ., Beaverton, Oreg. 141 p.
- Horn, G.S. van. 1973. The taxonomic status of
Pentachaeta and Chaetopappa [Asteraceae] with a revision of
Pentachaeta. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 65:1—41.
- Horton, J.S. 1941. The sample plot as a method of
quantitative analysis of chaparral vegetation in southern California.
Ecology 22:457—468.
- ————, and
C.J. Kraegel. 1955. Development of vegetation after fire in the chamise
chaparral of southern California. Ecology 36:244—262.
- Hoshizaki, B.J. 1976. Maidenhair ferns of California.
Fremontia 4(1):17—20.
- Hotchkiss, N. 1972. Common marsh, underwater and
floating-leaved plants of the United States and Canada. Dover Publ., New York
124 p.
- House, H.D. 1906. A new species of Dichondra [Convolvulaceae]. Muhlenbergia 1:130—131.
- ————. 1961.
Wild flowers. Rev. ed. Macmillan Co., New York. 632 p.
- Howard, A.Q. 1974. An annotated reference list to the
native plants, weeds, and some of the ornamental plants of California. Coop.
Exten., Univ. Calif., Berkeley. 34 p.
- Howard, R.A. 1974. Further comments on Styrax L.
[Styracaceae]. Sida 5:334—337.
- Howe, G.F. 1985. Yuccas of the southwestern United
States: a study in numerical taxonomy and origins at the species level.
Creation Res. Soc. Quart. 23:12—20.
- Howe, J.W. 1935. Trees. Calif. State Dept. Educ.,
Sacramento. 88 p.
- Howell, J.T. 1929. A systematic study of the genus
Lessingia Cham. [Asteraceae]. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot.
16:1—44.
- ————. 1930.
Plantae occidentales--I. Notes on Calochortus weedii var. vestus Purdy; Two Phacelias new to the flora of California. Madro–o 2:11—12, 14—15; II. Two little-known Euphorbias;
A new Californian Grindelia [G. bracteosa]. idem 2:19—20, 22—23 (1931).
- ————. 1931.
The genus Pogogyne [Lamiaceae]. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.
20:105—128.
- ————. 1939.
Studies in Ceanothus [Rhamnaceae]-II. Leafl. W. Bot.
2:202—208; III. idem 2:228—240.
- ————. 1940.
Plants worthy of note--V. Leafl. W. Bot.
2:269—272.
- ————. 1941.
Notes on Polycarpon [Caryophyllaceae]. Leafl. W. Bot.
3:80.
- ————. 1942a.
Southwest botanical odyssey. Leafl. W. Bot. 3:132—137.
- ————. 1942b.
Studies in Phacelia [Hydrophyllaceae]--III. Leafl. W. Bot.
3:190—192.
- ————. 1942c.
Key to the native gymnosperms of California based upon leaves. Sierra
Club Yodeler 4(7):1-8.
- ————. 1943.
Notes on Calyptridium [Portulacaceae]. Leafl. W. Bot.
3:262—266.
- ————. 1955. A
tabulation of California endemics. Leafl. W. Bot. 7:257—264.
- ————. 1956.
The numerical summary of California plants and endemism. Leafl. W.
Bot. 8:59—60.
- ————. 1957a.
The California flora and its province. Leafl. W. Bot. 8:133—138.
- ————. 1957b.
The California floral province and its endemic genera. Leafl. W.
Bot. 8:138—141.
- ————. 1957c.
Scirpus saximontanus [Cyperaceae] in California. Leafl. W. Bot.
8:159.
- ————. 1960.
The endemic pteridophytes of the California floral province. Amer. Fern
J. 50(1):15-25.
- ————. 1965.
Notes on Oxytheca [O. caryophylloides, Polygonaceae]. Leafl.
W. Bot. 10:180.
- ————. 1972.
Miscellaneous notes on MunzÕ A California Flora and Supplement. Wasmann
J. Biol. 30:97-107.
- Hu, Shiu-ying. 1955. A monograph of the genus
Philadelphus [Hydrangeaceae]. J. Arnold Arbor.
36:52—109, 325—368;
37:15—90.
- Huenneke, L.F., and H.A. Mooney, editors. 1989. Grassland
structure and function. California annual grassland. Kluwer Acad. Publ.,
Dordrecht, The Netherlands.
- Hufstader, R.W. 1974. Structure and function of southern
California grassland on north and south slopes. M.A. Thesis, Calif. State
Univ., Fullerton. 30 p.
- Humphrey, R.R. 1958. The desert grassland; a history of
vegetational change and an analysis of causes. Bot. Rev.
(Lancaster) 24:193—252.
- Hunter, T., and R. Paysen. 1986. Vegetation
classification system for California: user's guide. USDA, Forest Serv.,
Pacific Southw. Exp. Sta., Gen. Tech. Rep. PSW-94.
- Hunziker, J.H. 1975. On the geographical origin of
Larrea divaricata (Zygophyllaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
62:497—500.
- Ikeda, D.H., and R.A. Schlising, editors. 1990. Vernal
pool plants: their habitat and biology. Calif. State Univ., Chico, Dept. Biol.
Sci. Studies from the Herb. No. 8:1—178
- Iltis, H.H. 1957. Studies in the Capparidaceae. III.
Evolution and phylogeny of the western North American Cleomoideae. Ann.
Missouri Bot. Gard. 44:77—119.
- Ingram, J. 1953. A monograph of the genera Bloomeria
and Muilla (liliaceae). Madro–o
12:19—27.
- Isely, D. 1969. Legumes of the United States. I. Native
Acacia [Mimosoideae, Fabaceae]. Sida 3:365—386.
- ————. 1972.
Legumes of the U.S.: VI. Calliandra, Pithecellobium, Prosopis. Madro–o 21:273—298.
- ————.
1973—19?? Leguminosae of the United States. I. Subfamily
Mimosoideae. Mem. New York Bot. Gard.
25:1—152, 1973; II. Subfamily Caesalpinoideae. idem 25(2):1-228, 1974; III. Subfamily Papilionoideae, tribes Sophoreae,
Podalyrieae, Loteae, idem 25(3):1-264, 19??
- ————. 1992.
Innovations in California Trifolium and Lathyrus [Fabaceae].
Madro–o 39:90—97.
- ————. 1994.
One hundred and one botanists. Iowa State Univ., Ames, Iowa. 351 p.
- ————. 1998.
Native and naturalized Leguminosae (Fabaceae) of the United States (exclusive
of Alaska and Hawaii). Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.
- Jackson, G.F. 1971. Magnificent desert. Pacific
Disc. 24(6):9—15.
- Jackson, L.E. 1985. Ecological origins of CaliforniaÕs
Mediterranean grasses. J. Biogeography 12:349—361.
- Jaeger, E.C. 1920. The mouton trees of southern
California. Post Print. Bind. Co., Pasadena, Calif. 116 p.
- ————. 1941.
Desert wildflowers (Rev. ed.) Stanford Univ. Press., Stanford, Calif. 352
p.
- ————. 1951.
Desert ironwood [Olneya, Fabaceae]. Pacific Disc.
4:18.
- ————. 1952.
Rainbow in the ground. Pacific Disc. 5(2):12—21.
- ————. 1957.
The North American deserts. Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, Calif. 308
p.
- ————. 1965.
The California deserts. (4th ed.). Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford,
Calif.
- ————, and
A.C. Smith. 1971. Introduction to the natural history of southern California.
Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 104 p.
- Jain, S. (ed.). 1976a. Vernal pools: their ecology and
conservation. A symposium sponsored by the Institute of Ecology, Univ. Calif.,
Davis, May l and 2, 1976. Inst. Ecol. Publ. No.
9:1—93.
- ————. 1976b.
Some biogeographic aspects of plant communities in vernal pools, p.
15—21. In: S. Jain, editor, Vernal pools, their ecology and
conservation. Inst. Ecol. Publ. No. 9, Univ. Calif., Davis.
- ————, and P.
Moyle, editors. 1984. Vernal pools and intermittent streams. Inst. Ecol./DES, Univ. Calif., Davis Publ. 28:1—280.
- James, J.F. 1880a. A botanist in southern California.
Amer. Naturalist 14:492—498.
- ————. 1880b.
Notes on some southern California plants. Bot. Gaz.
(Crawfordsville) 5:126—131.
- James, H.C. 1960. The Cahuilla Indians: the men called
master. Westernlore Press, Los Angeles. 185 p.
- James, J.W. 1966. A modified Koeppen Classification of
California climates. Calif. Geogr. 7:1—12.
- Jensen, H.A. 1947. A system for classifying vegetation in
California. Calif. Fish and Game 33:199—266.
- Jepson, W.L. 1902. A school flora for the Pacific coast.
Appleton and Co., New York. 96 p.
- ————. 1908a.
The distribution of Juglans californica Wats. Bull. S. Calif. Acad.
Sci. 7:23—24.
- ————. 1908b.
The name of the white sage [Salvia, Lamiaceae]. Muhlenbergia 3:144.
- ————. 1908c.
The Washington palms [Arecaceae]. Muhlenbergia 4:41.
- ————. 1909a.
The trees of California. Cunningham, Curtis and Welch, San Francisco. 228
p.
- ————.
1909b-79. A flora of California. Vols. 1(1—7), 2(1—3), 3
(1), 4 (2). San Francisco, Berkeley. [4(2) by L. T. Dempster, 1979].
- ————. 1909c.
South limits of Coast Range trees. I. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
8:69—71.
- ————. 1910.
The silva of California. Memoir Univ. Calif., Berkeley. 480 p.
- ————. 1917.
The native walnuts [Juglandaceae] of California. Madro–o 1:55—57.
- ————. 1922a.
A new species of cypress [Cupressus forbesii]. Madro–o 1:75.
- ————. 1922b.
Revision of the Californian species of Arctostaphylos [Ericaceae].
Madro–o 1:67—96.
- ————. 1922c.
Revision of the California species of the genus Downingia [Lobeliodeae,
Campanulaceae]. Madro–o 1:98—102.
- ————.
1922d-1929. A revision of Californian Umbelliferae. Madro–o 1:101—114, 117—130 (1922); 133—146,
149—162 (1923); 281—285 (1929).
- ————. 1923.
The trees of California. Univ. Calif. Student Store, Berkeley. 480 p.
- ————. 1924. A
flora of the economic plants of California for agricultural students. Assoc.
Students Store, Berkeley. 223 p.
- ————. 1925. A
manual of the flowering plants of California. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley.
1238 p.
- ————. 1929a.
Sertulum californiense.--I. Madro–o 1:254—260.
- ————.
1929b-1934 The botanical explorers of California.--VI. Daniel Cleveland.
Madro–o 1:267—268 (1929); IX. Joseph Cook Nevin.
idem 2:25—26 (1931). XI. George W. Dunn. idem 2:156—157 (1934).
- ————. 1929c.
Charles Russell Orcutt, natural history collector. Madro–o 1:273—274.
- ————. 1934.
Marcus Eugene Jones. Madro–o 2:152—154.
- ————. 1935. A
high school flora for California, including the more common native flowering
plants and cultivated crop plants. Assoc. Students Store, Univ. Calif.,
Berkeley. 223 p.
- ————. 1939. A
flora of California. Univ. Calif., Assoc. Students Store, Berkeley . 464
p.
- ————. 1962.
John Milton Bigelow. Madro–o 16:179—183.
- Jernstedt, J.A. 1979. Studies of the anatomy, morphology,
and taxonomy of Chlorogalum (liliaceae). Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif.,
Davis. 83 p.
- Johansen, D.A. 1953. Morphological criteria for the
specific validity of Pinus jeffreyi. Madro–o 12:92—95.
- Johnson, A.W. 1968. The evolution of desert vegetation in
western North America, p. 101—140. In: G.W. Brown, Jr.,
editor, Desert biology. Academic Press, New York.
- ————, and
S.I. Carter. 1977. Vegetation of the primary and secondary research sites, p.
92—99. In: N.J.W. Thrower and D.E. Bradbury, editors,
Chile-California Mediterranean scrub atlas. A comparative analysis. Dowden,
Hutchinson, and Ross, Stroudsburg, Pa.
- Johnson, H.B. 1976. Vegetation and plant communities of
southern California deserts--a functional view, p. 125—164.
In: J. Latting, editor, Plant communities of southern
California. Calif. Native Plant Soc. Spec. Publ. 2, Berkeley.
- ————, F.C.
Vasek and T. Yonkers. 1975. Productivity, diversity and stability
relationships in Mojave Desert roadside vegetation. Bull. Torrey Bot.
Club 102:106—115.
- Johnson, L. and J. Johnson. 1978. Two desert botanists.
II. Mary DeDecker, champion of the desert flora. Fremontia 6(3):24—26.
- Johnson, R., and A. Johnson, editors. 1966. The ancient
bristlecone pine forest. Chalfant Press, Inc., Bishop, Calif. 44 p.
- Johnson, R.R., S.W. Carothers, and J.M. Simpson. 1984. A
riparian classification system, p. 375—382. In: R.E. Warner
and K.M. Hendrix, editors, California riparian systems. Ecology, conservation,
and productive management Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley.
- ————, L.T.
Haight, and J.M. Simpson. 1977. Endangered species versus endangered habitats:
a concept. USDA, Forest Serv. Gen. Tech. Rep. RM-43:79.
- ————, and
D.A. Jones, technical coordinators. 1977. Importance, preservation, and
management of riparian habitat: a symposium. USDA, Forest Serv. Gen. Tech.
Rep. RM-43. Rocky Mt. Forest and Range Exp. Sta., Fort Collins, Colo. 217
p.
- Johnston, I.M. 1918a. Some undescribed plants from
southern California. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
17:63—64.
- ————. 1918b.
A few notes on the botany of southern California. Bull. S. Calif. Acad.
Sci. 17:64—66.
- ————. 1919.
Contributions on southern California botany. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 18:18—21.
- ————. 1923.
Studies in the Boraginaceae--II. 4. A synopsis and redefinition of the genus
Plagiobothrys. Contr. Gray Herb. 68:57—80.
- ————. 1924.
Studies in the Boraginaceae&endash;II [III?]. 1. American native and
immigrant borages of the subfamily Boraginoideae. Contr. Gray Herb. 70:1—61.
- ————. 1925.
Studies in the Boraginaceae--IV. The North American species of Cryptantha.
Contr. Gray Herb. 74:1—114.
- ————. 1932.
Studies in the Boraginaceae IX: 1 The Allocarya section of
Plagiobothrys in the western United States. 2. Notes on various borages
in the United States. Contr. Gray Herb.
3:1—102.
- ————. 1957.
Synopsis of the United States species of Forestiera (Oleaceae).
Southw. Naturalist 2:140—151.
- ————. 1962a.
The North American mesquites. Prosopis and Algarobia [Fabaceae].
Brittonia 14:72—90.
- ————. 1962b.
Revision of Condalia including Microrhamnus (Rhamnaceae).
Brittonia 14:332—368.
- ————. 1963.
The species of Zizyphus indigenous to United States and Mexico.
Amer. J. Bot. 50:1020—1027.
- Johnston, V.R. 1994. California forests and woodlands: a
natural history. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 222 p.
- Jokerst, J.D. 1991. A revision of Acanthomintha
obovata (Lamiaceae) and a key to the taxa of Acanthomintha. Madro–o 38:278—286.
- Jones and Stokes Associates. 1987. Sliding toward
extinction: the state of CaliforniaÕs natural heritage. Jones and Stokes
Associates, Sacramento. 105 p.
- Jones, G.N. 1946. North American species of
Amelanchier [Rosaceae]. Univ. Illinois Press. 126 p.
- ————, and
F.F. Jones. 1943. A revision of the perennial species of Geranium of
the United States and Canada. Rhodora 45:5—26,
32—53.
- Jones, M.E. 1882a. Fern notes. Bull. Torrey Bot.
Club. 9:91.
- ————. 1882b.
Echinospermum greenei Gray [Hackelia, Boraginaceae]. Bull.
Torrey Bot. Club 9:128—129.
- ————. 1883.
Notes from California. Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville)
8:283.
- Kadereit, J.W. 1988. Papaver L. sect.
californicum Kadereit, a new section of the genus. Rhodora
90:7—13.
- Kalin Arroyo, M.T., P.H. Zedler, and M.D. Fox, editors.
Ecology and biogeography of Mediterranean ecosystems in Chile, California, and
Australia. Springer-Verlag, New York.
- Kan, T. 1998. The Nature ConservancyÕs approach to weed
control. Fremontia 26(4):44—48.
- Kapil, R.N., and R.S. Vani. 1963. Embryology and
systematic position of Crossosoma californicum [Crossosomataceae].
Curr. Sci. 32:493—495.
- Kartesz, J.T. 1994. A synonymized checklist of the
vascular flora of the United States, Canada, and Greenland, 2nd Edition.
Timber Press, Portland, Oreg.
- ————, and R.
Kartesz, with A.H. linsey, and C.R. Bell. 1980. A synonymized checklist of the
vascular flora of the United States, Canada and Greenland. Vol II. The biota
of North America. Univ. N. Carolina Press, Chapel Hill, N.C.
- Kearney, T.H. 1935. The North American species of
Sphaeralcea, subgenus Eusphaeralcea [Malvaceae]. Univ. Calif.
Publ. Bot. 19:1—128.
- ————. 1951.
The genus Malacothamnus [Malvaceae]. Leafl. W. Bot.
6:113—140.
- ————. 1955. A
tentative key to the North American species of Hibiscus L. [Malvaceae].
Leafl. W. Bot. 7:274—284.
- ————, and
R.H. Peebles. 1964. Arizona flora. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley (with suppl.).
1085 p.
- Keator, R.G. 1968. A taxonomic and ecological study of
the genus Dichelostemma (Amaryllidaceae) [Themidaceae]. Ph.D. Thesis,
Univ. Calif., Berkeley. 466 p.
- ————. 1978.
Pacific coast berry finder. Nature Study Guild, Berkeley, Calif. 121 p.
- ————. 1987.
Differentiating California's Brodiaeas [Themidaceae]. Fremontia 14(4):20—24.
- ————. 1989?
Seed plant families of California. G. Keator. 103 [32] lvs.
- ————. 1989.
The Brodiaeas [Themidaceae]. Four Seasons
8(3):4—11.
- ————. 1991.
Studies in the genus Dichelostemma [Themidaceae]. Four Seasons
9(1):24—39.
- ————, and
R.M. Atkinson. 1981. Pacific coast fern finder. Nature Study Guild, Berkeley,
Calif. 59 p.
- ————, and S.
Bazell. 1998. The life of an oak: an intimate portrait. Heyday Books and
Calif. Oak Found. 256 p., ill.
- Keck, D.D. 1926. Lonicera and Symphoricarpos
[Caprifoliaceae] in southern California. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
25:66—73.
- ————. 1927. A
revision of the genus Orthocarpus [Scrophulariaceae]. Proc. Calif.
Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, Botany 16:517—571.
- ————. 1935.
Studies upon the taxonomy of the Madiinae [Asteraceae]. Madro–o 3:4—18.
- ————. 1936.
Studies in Penstemon--II. The section Hesperothamnus [Scrophulariaceae]. Madro–o 3:200—219.
- ————. 1938.
Revision of Horkelia and Ivesia [Rosaceae]. Lloydia 1:75—142.
- ————. 1948.
The place of Willis linn Jepson in California botany. Madro–o 9:223—228.
- ————. 1958.
Taxonomic notes on the California flora. Aliso 4:101—114.
- Keeler-Wolf, T. 1990. Ecological surveys of Forest
Service Research Natural Areas in California. USDA, Pacific Southw. Forest and
Range Exp. Sta. Gen. Tech. Rep. PSW-125.
- ————. 1993.
Conserving California's rare plant communities. Fremontia
22(3):14—22.
- ————, D.R.
Elam, and S.A. Flint. 1995. California vernal pool assessment: preliminary
report. State of Calif., Resources Agency, Dept. Fish and Game,
Sacramento.
- Keeley, J.E. 1973. Cytisus monspessulanus L.
[Fabaceae], established in southern California. Madro–o 22:30.
- ————. 1974a.
Arctostaphylos peninsularis in southern California. Madro–o 22:277.
- ————. 1974b.
Senecio ganderi [Asteraceae]: a uniquely adapted herb from southern
California. Madro–o 22:401.
- ————. 1974c.
Notes on Arctostaphylos glauca lindl. var. puberula J.T. Howell
[Ericaceae]. Madro–o 22:403.
- ————. 1976.
Morphological evidence of hybridization between Arctostaphylos glauca
and A. pungens (Ericaceae). Madro–o 23:427—432.
- ————. 1984.
Bibliographies on chaparral and fire ecology of other Mediterranean systems.
Univ. Calif., Davis. Calif. Water Resources Center Rep. No. 58. 190 p.
- ————. 1986.
Resilience of Mediterranean shrub communities to fires, p. 95—112.
In: B. Dell, A.J.M. Hopkins, and B.B. Lamont, editors, Resilience in
Mediterranean-type ecosystems. Dr. W. Junk, Dordrecht, Netherlands.
- ————, editor.
1989. The California chaparral: paradigms reexamined. Nat. Hist. Mus. Los
Angeles Co., Calif.
- ————. 1990a.
The California valley grassland, p. 3—23. In: A.A.
Schoenherr, editor, Endangered plant communities of southern California. S.
Calif. Bot. Spec. Publ. No. 3.
- ————. 1990b.
Demographic structure of California black walnut (Juglans californica, Juglandaceae) woodlands in southern California. Madro–o 37:237—248.
- ————. 1993.
Utility of growth rings in the age determination of chaparral shrubs.
Madro–o 40:1—14.
- ————. 1995.
Bibliography on fire ecology and general biology of Mediterranean-type
ecosystems. Vol. l.: California. Internatl. Assoc. Wildland Fire, Fairfield,
Wash. 426 p.
- ————, L.
Boykin, and A. Massihi. 1997. Phenetic analysis of Arctostaphylos
parryana I. Two new burl-forming subspecies. Madro–o 44:253—267.
- ————, and
S.C. Keeley. 1984. Postfire recovery of California coastal sage scrub.
Am. Midl. Naturalist 111:105—117.
- ————, and
————. 1986. Chaparral and
wildfires. Fremontia 14(3):18—21.
- ————, and
————. 1987. Role of fire in the
germination of chaparral herbs and suffrutescents. Madro–o 34:240—249.
- ————, and
————. 1988. Chaparral, p.
166—206. In: M.G. Barbour and W.D. Billings, editors,
North American terrestrial vegetation. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge,
England.
- ————, and
H.A. Mooney. 1993. Vegetation in western North America, past and future, p.
209—237. In: H.A. Mooney, E.R. Fuentes, and B.I. Kronber,
editors, Earth system responses to global change. Contrasts between North and
South America. Academic Press, San Diego, Calif.
- ————, and T.
Scott, editors. 1995. Brushfires in California: ecology and resource
management. Internatl. Assoc. Wildland Fire. 220 p.
- ————, and
C.C. Swift. 1995. Biodiversity and ecosystem functioning in
Mediterranean-climate California, p. 121—183. In: G.W. Davis
and D.M. Richardson, editors, Biodiversity and function in Mediterranean-type
ecosystems. Springer-Verlag, New York.
- Keeley, S.C., editor, 1989. The California chaparral:
paradigms re-examined. Nat. Hist. Mus. of Los Angeles Co., Los Angeles. 171
p.
- ————, J.E.
Keeley, S.M. Hutchinson, and A.W. Johnson. 1981. Postfire succession of the
herbaceous flora in southern California chaparral. Ecology 62:1608—1621.
- Kelley, W.A. 1989. Comments and notes on Portulaca in California. Madro–o 36:281—282.
- Kellogg, A. n. d. Parry's lotus tree. Mining and Sci.
Press 53:39l.
- Kelman, W.M. 1991. A revision of Fremontodendron
(Sterculiaceae). Syst. Bot. 16:3—20.
- Kemp, P.R., and M.L. Brooks. 1998. Exotic species of
California deserts. Fremontia 26(4):30—34.
- Kennedy, P.B. 1913. Studies in Trifolium
[Fabaceae] VII. Muhlenbergia 9:1—29.
- ————. 1917.
Annotated list of the wild flowers of California. Levison, San Francisco,
Calif. 165 p.
- Kiefer, L.L., and B. Joe. 1967. Checklist of California
pteridophytes. Madro–o 19:65—73.
- Kiger, R. W., T.D. Jacobsen, and R.M. lilly, compilers
and editors. 1981. International register of specialists and current research
in plant systematics. Hunt Inst. Bot. Doc., Carnegie-Mellon Univ., Pittsburgh.
346 p.
- Kingsbury, J.M. 1964. Poisonous plants of the United
States and Canada. 4th ed. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 626 p.
- Kinney, A. 1886. Report on the forests of the counties of
Los Angeles, San Bernardino and San Diego, California. First Rep. Calif. State
Board Forest. 22:27.
- Kirk, D.R. 1970. Wild edible plants of the western United
States. Naturegraph Publishers, Healdsburg, Calif. 307 p.
- Kirkpatrick, J.B., and C.F. Hutchinson. 1977. The
community composition of Californian coastal sage scrub. Vegetatio 35:1—33.
- ————, and
————. 1980. The environmental
relationships of Californian coastal sage scrub and some of its component
communities and species. J. Biogeogr. 7:23—38.
- Klein, F.K. 1970. Locations of six southern Californian
Rhamnaceae. Four Seasons 3(2):2—5.
- Klein, W.M. 1962. New taxa and recombinations in
Oenothera (Anogra) [Onagraceae]. Aliso 5:179—180.
- Klier, K. 1977. A taxonomic re-evaluation of
Dendromecon (Papaveraceae): flavonoid chemistry and leaf variation.
M.A. Thesis, Claremont Grad. School, Claremont, Calif. 74 p., app.
i-ix.
- Knight, A.W., and R.L. Bottorff. 1984. The importance of
riparian vegetation to stream ecosystems, p. 160—167. In:
R.F. Warner and K.M. Hendrix, editors, California riparian systems: ecology,
conservation, and productive management. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley.
- Koehler, D.L. 1981. Hybridization between Cowania
mexicana var. stansburiana and Purshia glandulosa (Rosaceae). Madro–o 28:13—25.
- Koutnik, D.L. 1987. A taxonomic revision of the genus
Chamaesyce (Euphorbiaceae). Allertonia 4:331—388.
- Kratter, A.W. 1987. Montane biogeography in southern and
Baja California. M.A. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Los Angeles. 111 p.
- Kreissman, B. 1991. California, an environmental atlas
and guide. Bear Klaw Press, Davis, Calif. 255 p., maps.
- Krochmal, A., and C. Krochmal. 1973. A field guide to
medicinal plants. Times Books, New York. 274 p.
- ————, and
————. 1982. Uncultivated nuts of
the United States. USDA Inform. Bull. No. 450. 89 p.
- Kruckeberg, A.R. 1969. Soil diversity and the
distribution of plants, with examples from western North America.
Madro–o 20:129—154.
- ————. 1984a.
California serpentines: flora, vegetation, geology, soils, and management
problems. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 78:1—180.
- ————. 1984b.
The flora on CaliforniaÕs serpentine. Fremontia
11(5):3—10.
- ————. 1991.
An essay: geoedaphics and island biogeography for vascular plants.
Aliso 13:225—238.
- ————, and D.
Rabinowitz. 1985. Biological aspects of endemism in higher plants. Ann.
Rev. Ecology and Systematics 16:447—479.
- KŸchler, A.W. 1977. The map of the natural vegetation of
California, p. 909—938. In: M.G. Barbour and J.
Major, editors, Terrestrial vegetation of California. John Wiley and Sons, New
York. Map.
- Kuijt, J. 1955. Dwarf mistletoes [Viscaceae]. Bot.
Rev. (Lancaster) 21:569—628.
- ————. 1960.
The distribution of dwarf mistletoes, Arceuthobium [Viscaceae], in California. Madro–o 15:129—139.
- ————. 1969.
The biology of parasitic flowering plants. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 246
p.
- Kunkel, G. 1984. Plants for human consumption. An
annotated checklist of edible phanerogams and ferns. Koeltz Sci. Books,
Koenigstein, Germany. 393 p.
- Kyhos, D.W. 1965. The independent aneuploid origin of two
species of Chaenactis (Compositae) from a common ancestor.
Evolution 19:16—43.
- Laird, C. 1976. The Chemehuevis. Malki Mus. Press,
Banning, Calif.
- Lampe, K.F., and R. Fagerstrom. 1968. Plant toxicity and
dermatitis: a manual for physicians. Williams and Wilkins, Baltimore, Md. 231
p.
- Lane, M.A. 1988. Generic relations and taxonomy of
Acamptopappus (Compositae: Astereae). Madro–o 35:247—265.
- ————, and
R.L. Hartman. 1996. Reclassification of North American Haplopappus (Compositae: Astereae) completed: Rayjacksonia gen. nov. Amer. J. Bot. 83:356—370.
- Langan, S.J., F.W. Ewers, and S.D. Davis. 1997. Xylem
dysfunction caused by water stress and freezing in two species of co-occurring
chaparral shrubs. Plant, Cell and Environment 20:425-437.
- Langer, S.K. 1996. Singleleaf pinyon pines in California.
Fremontia 24(3):8—11.
- Lanner, R.M. 1974. Natural hybridization between Pinus
edulis and Pinus monophylla in the American Southwest. Silvae
Genet. 23:108—116.
- Lardner, M.A. 1985. Genetic and morphological variation
in Adenostoma fasciculatum M.S. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Riverside. 61
p.
- Larson, D.W. 1978. The living Desert Reserve.
Fremontia 6(3):28—29.
- Lassetter, J.S. 1975. Taxonomic status of Vicia
hassei (Leguminosae). Madro–o 23:73—78.
- Latimer, H.L. 1958. A study of the breeding barrier
between Gilia australis and Gilia splendens [Polemoniaceae].
Ph.D. Thesis, Claremont Grad. School, Claremont, Calif. 141 p.
- Latting, J., editor. 1976. Plant communities of southern
California. Calif. Native Plant Soc., Spec. Publ.
2:1—164.
- ————. 1978.
The future of the desert is being decided now. Fremontia 6(3):13—20.
- ————, and
P.G. Rowlands, editors. 1995. The California desert: an introduction to
natural resources and man's impact. 2 vols. June Latting Books, Riverside,
Calif.
- Lawrence, G.H.M. 1947. the genus Armeria [Plumbaginaceae] in North America. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 37:757—779.
- Lawson, D.M. 1993. The effect of fire on stand structure
of mixed Quercus agrifolia and Quercus engelmannii woodlands.
M.S. Thesis, San Diego State Univ., San Diego, Calif. 122 p.
- Leiberg, J.B. 1899—1900. Forest reserves in
southern California. U.S. Geol. Surv., Part 5. 351—371,
409—478 p.
- Leins, P. 1973. Pollensystematische Studien an Inuleen.
II. Filagininae [Asteraceae]. Bot. Jahrb. Syst.
93:603—611.
- Lellinger, D.B. 1985. A field manual of the ferns and
fern allies of the United States and Canada. Smithsonian Inst. Press. 389 p.,
45 p. color photographs.
- Lemmon, J.G. 1888. Pines of the Pacific Slope. Calif.
State Board of Forestry, 2nd biennial rep.
- ————. 1900.
Handbook of West-American cone-bearers. 4th ed. Author. 116 p.
- Lenz, L.W. 1950. Chromosome numbers of some western
American plants. El Aliso 2:317—318.
- ————. 1956.
Native plants for California gardens. Rancho Santa Ana Bot. Gard., Claremont,
Calif. 166 p.
- ————. 1958. A
revision of the Pacific Coast Irises. Aliso 4:1—72.
- ————. 1966.
Chromosome numbers in the Allieae (liliaceae) [Alliaceae]. Aliso 6:81—82.
- ————. 1974.
Percy C. Everett (1902-1973). Aliso 8:111—112.
- ————. 1975a.
A biosystematic study of Triteleia (liliaceae) [Themidaceae]. I.
Revision of the species of section Calliprora. Aliso 8:221—258.
- ————. 1975b.
The chromosomes of Bloomeria and Muilla (liliaceae)
[Themidaceae] and range extensions for Muilla coronata and M.
transmontana. Aliso 8:259—262.
- ————. 1977.
Rancho Santa Ana Botanic Garden. The first fifty years: 1927-1977.
Aliso 9:1—156.
- ————. 1986a.
Native plants for California gardens. Rancho Santa Ana Bot. Gard., Claremont,
Calif. 166 p. (Repr. from 1956, 1973).
- ————. 1986b.
Marcus E. Jones, western geologist, mining engineer and botanist. Rancho Santa
Ana Bot. Gard., Claremont, Calif. 486 p.
- ————, and J.
Dourley. 1981. California native trees and shrubs for garden and environmental
use in southern California and adjacent areas. Rancho Santa Ana Bot. Gard.,
Claremont, Calif. 231 p.
- Leopold, A.S., and T.A. Blake. 1985. Wild California:
vanishing lands, vanishing wildlife. Univ. Calif. Press.
- Lepper, M.G. 1974. Pinus flexilis James, and its
environmental relationships. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif, Davis. 197 p.
- Leskiner, C.A. 1972. Juglans californica: local
patterns in southern California. M.A. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Los Angeles. 58
p.
- Levin, G.A. 1988. How plants survive in the desert.
Environm. Southw. No. 522:20—25.
- Levy, C.K., and R.B. Primack. 1984. A field guide to
poisonous plants and mushrooms of North America. Stephen Greene Press,
Brattleboro, Vt. 178 p.
- Lewis, H. 1945. A revision of the genus
Trichostema [Lamiaceae]. Brittonia 5:276—303.
- ————. 1946.
Polyploidy in the Californian delphiniums. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Los
Angeles. 113 p.
- ————. 1953.
The mechanism of evolution in the genus Clarkia. Evolution 7:1—20.
- ————. 1960.
Chromosome numbers and phylogeny of Trichostema [Lamiaceae].
Brittonia 12:93—97.
- ————. 1962.
Catastrophic selection as a factor in speciation. Evolution 16:257—271.
- ————. 1972.
The origin of endemics in the California flora, p. 179—190.
In: D. H. Valentine, editor, Taxonomy, phytogeography and evolution.
Academic Press, New York.
- ————, and C.
Epling. 1940. Three species pairs from southern and lower California.
Amer. Midl. Naturalist 24:743—749.
- ————, and
————. 1954. a taxonomic study of
California delphiniums [Ranunculaceae]. Brittonia 8:1—22.
- ————, and
W.R. Ernst. 1953. A new species of Clarkia (Onagraceae) [C.
similis]. Madro–o 12:89—92.
- ————, and
M.E. Lewis. 1955. The genus Clarkia [Onagraceae]. Univ. Calif. Publ.
Bot. 20:241—392.
- ————, and
R.L. Oliver. 1961. Cytogeography and phylogeny of the North American species
of Verbena [Verbenaceae]. Amer. J. Bot.
48:638—643.
- ————, and
P.H. Raven. 1958. Rapid evolution in Clarkia. Evolution 12:319—336.
- ————,
————, C.S. Venkatesh, and H.L.
Wedberg. 1958. Observations of meiotic chromosomes in the Onagraceae.
Aliso 4:73—86.
- ————, and J.
Szweykowski. 1964. the genus Gayophytum [Onagraceae]. Brittonia 16:343—391.
- Ley, A. 1943. A taxonomic revision of the genus
Holodiscus [Rosaceae]. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 70:275—288.
- liede, S. 1996. Sarcostemma (Asclepiadaceae)--a
controversial generic circumscription reconsidered: morphological evidence.
Syst. Bot. 21:31—44.
- lin, J.W.Y. 1970. The floristics and plant succession in
vernal pools. M.A. Thesis, San Francisco State Univ., San Francisco. 99
p.
- lindsay, G.E. 1964. Ethel Bailey Higgins. Madro–o 17:144.
- linhart, Y.B. 1972. Differentiation within natural
populations of California annual plants. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Berkeley.
129 p.
- ————. 1976.
Evolutionary studies of plant populations in vernal pools, p.
40—46. In: S.K. Jain, editor, Vernal pools, their ecology
and conservation. Univ. Calif., Davis, Inst. Ecol. Publ. No. 9.
- ————. and
A.C. Premoli. 1994. Genetic variation in central and disjunct populations of
lilium parryi. Canad. J. Bot. 72:79—895.
- lippmann, M.C. 1977. More on the weedy "pampas grass" in
California. Fremontia 4(4):25—27.
- little, E.L., Jr. 1955. Cercocarpus, some new
combinations. Phytologia 4:307.
- ————. 1971.
Atlas of United States trees. Vol. 1. Conifers and important hardwoods. USDA,
Forest Serv. Misc. Publ. No. 1146. 200 maps.
- ————. 1975.
Rare and local conifers in the United States. USDA, Forest Serv. Cons. Rep.
19:1-25.
- ————. 1976.
Atlas of United States trees. Vol. 3. Minor western hardwoods. USDA, Forest
Serv. Misc. Publ. 1314. 210 maps.
- ————. 1979.
Checklist of United States trees. USDA Agric. Handb.
541:1—375.
- ————. 1980.
The Audubon Society field guide to North American trees&endash;western
region. Alfred Knopf, New York. 639 p.
- ————, and
B.H. Honkala. 1976. Trees and shrubs of the United States: a bibliography for
identification. USDA, Forest Serv. Misc. Publ.
1336:5521—5556.
- Leskinen, C.A. n. d. Juglans californica: local
patterns of southern California. M.A. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Los Angeles. 58
p.
- lindsay, G. 1979. Ira Loren Wiggins, naturalist.
Pacific Disc. 32(6):1—7.
- Lloyd, F.E. 1973. Flowers of the foothills. An
introduction to 81 California wildflowers. Tulip Press, Truckee, Calif. 64
p.
- Lloyd, R.M. 1964, Ethnobotanical uses of California
pteridophytes by western American Indians. Amer. Fern J.
54:76-82.
- ————. 1975.
The California polypodies [Polypodiaceae]. Fremontia
3(1):18—21.
- Lockhead, L.J. 1974. Hybridization and its consequences
in some species of Calystegia in California. M.A. Thesis, Univ. Calif.,
Santa Barbara. 53 p.
- Lockmann, R.F. 1972. Changing evaluations of resources
and the establishment of national forests in CaliforniaÕs Transverse Ranges,
1875—1911. Univ. Calif., Los Angeles. 207 p.
- Lodewick, K. and R. 1983. Penstemons [Scrophulariaceae]
in California. Fremontia 11(2):12—17.
- Lonard, R.I., and F.W. Gould. 1974. The North American
species of Vulpia (Gramineae). Madro–o 5:217—230.
- Lotan, J.E., and D.A. Perry. 1983. Ecology and
regeneration of lodgepole pine. USDA Agric. Handb. No. 606.
- Luckenbach, R. 1973. Pogogyne [Lamiaceae],
polliwogs, and puddles--the ecology of California's vernal pools.
Fremontia 1(1):9—13.
- ————. 1975.
What the ORVs are doing to the desert. Fremontia 2(4):3—11.
- Luer, C.A. 1975. The native orchids of the United States
and Canada, excluding Florida. New York Bot. Gard., New York. 361 p.
- Luken, J.O., and J.W. Thieret, editors. 1997. Assessment
and management of plant invasions. Springer-Verlag, New York. 324 p.
- Lum, K-L. 1975. Gross patterns of vascular plant species
diversity in California. M.S. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Davis. 154 p.
- Lyman, J.C. 1988. Ecological and genetic correlates of
marginal and central sites within populations in the genus Oxytheca.
Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Riverside. 143 p.
- Lynas, L. 1972. Medicinal and food plants of the North
American Indians: a bibliography. library N.Y. Bot. Gard., Bronx, New York. 21
p.
- Mabberley, D.G. 1956. Taxonomy and distribution of the
genus Spartina [Poaceae]. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci.
30:471—574.
- Mabberley, D.J. 1997. The plant-book: a portable
dictionary of the vascular plants. 2nd Edition. Cambridge Univ. Press,
Cambridge, England. 858 p.
- Macbride, J.F. 1917. A revision of the North American
species of Amsinckia [Boraginaceae]. Contr. Gray Herb. Harvard
Univ. 49:1—16.
- MacDonald, K.B. 1977. Coastal salt marsh, p.
263—294. In: M.G. Barbour and J. Major, editors, Terrestrial
vegetation of California. John Wiley and Sons, New York.
- ————, and
M.G. Barbour. 1974. Beach and salt marsh vegetation of the North American
Pacific Coast. In: R.T. Reimold and W.H. Queen, editors, Ecology of
halophytes. Academic Press, Inc., New York.
- Mackenzie, K.K. 1922. A monograph of the California
species of the genus Carex [Cyperaceae]. Erythea
8:7—95.
- ————. 1940.
North American Cariceae. New York Bot. Gard., New York. 2 vols., 539
pl.
- MacMahon, J.A. 1979. North American deserts: their floral
and faunal components, p. 21—82. In: D.W. Goodall and R.A.
Perry, editors, Arid-land ecosystems: structure, functioning and management.
Vol. l. Cambridge Univ. Press, New York.
- ————. 1985.
Deserts. A.A. Knopf, Inc., New York.
- Magney, D. 1987. The range and two new locations of
Boschniakia strobilacea (Orobanchaceae). Madro–o 34:379—380.
- ————. 1992.
Descriptions of three new southern California vegetation types: southern
cactus scrub, southern coastal needlegrass grassland, and scalebroom scrub.
Crossosoma 18(1):1—9.
- Maguire, B. 1943. A monograph of the genus Arnica [Asteraceae]. Brittonia 4:386—510.
- ————. 1951.
Arenaria [Caryophyllaceae] in America north of Mexico. A conspectus.
Amer. Midl. Naturalist 46:493—511.
- Major, J. 1977. California climate in relation to
vegetation, p. 11—74. I: M.G. Barbour and J. Major, editors,
Terrestrial vegetation of California. John Wiley and Sons, New York.
- ————, and
D.W. Taylor. 1977. Alpine, p. 601—675. In: M.G.
Barbour and J. Major, editors, Terrestrial vegetation of California. John
Wiley and Sons, New York.
- Malanson, G.P. 1984. Fire history and patterns of
Venturan subassociations of California coastal sage scrub. Vegetatio 57:12l—128.
- ————, and
J.F. O'Leary. 1985. Effects of fire and habitat on post-fire regeneration in
Mediterranean-type ecosystems: Ceanothus spinosus chaparral and
Californian coastal sage scrub. Acta Oecologica/Oecologica Plant. 6:169—181.
- ————, and
W.E. Westman. 1985. Postfire succession in Californian coastal sage scrub: the
role of continual basal sprouting. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 113:309—318.
- Mallory, J. E. 1980. Canyon live oak, p.
125—126. In: F.H. Eyre, editor, Forest cover types of the
United States and Canada. Soc. Amer. Foresters, Washington, D.C.
- Malusa, J. 1992. Phylogeny and biogeography of the pinyon
pines (Pinus subsect. Cembroides). Syst. Bot. 17:42—66.
- Marion, L.H. 1943. The distribution of Adenostoma
sparsifolium [Rosaceae]. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 29:106—116.
- Marks, J.B. 1950. Vegetation and soil relations in the
lower Colorado Desert. Ecology 31:176—193.
- Marsh, V.L. 1952. Taxonomic revision of Poa [Poaceae]. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 47:202—250.
- Martin, B.D. 1995a. Postfire reproduction of Croton
californicus (Euphorbiaceae) and associated perennials in coastal sage
scrub of southern California. Crossosoma 21:41—56.
- ————. 1995b.
Monoecious morphs in Croton californicus (Euphorbiaceae).
Madro–o 42:323—331.
- ————, and
E.W. Lathrop. 1986. Niche partitioning in Downingia bella and D.
cuspidata (Campanulaceae) in the vernal pools of the Santa Rosa Plateau
Preserve, California. Madro–o 4:284—299.
- ————, and
J.L. Smith, II. 1996 [1998]. Spatial segregation of male and female plants in
Croton californicus (Euphorbiaceae). Crossosoma 22(2):53—58.
- Martin, F.L. 1950. A revision of Cercocarpus [Rosaceae]. Brittonia 7:91—111.
- Martin, J.S. 1946. Trifolium monanthum Gray
[Fabaceae]. Madro–o 8:230—233.
- Martin, P.S. 1979. A survey of potential natural
landmarks, biotic themes, of the Mohave-Sonoran desert region. Heritage Cons.
and Recr. Serv., USDI, Tucson, Ariz. 358 p.
- ————, and
P.J. Mehringer, Jr. 1965. Pleistocene pollen analysis and biogeography of the
Southwest, p. 433—451. In: H.E. Wright, Jr. and D.G. Frey,
editors, The Quarternary of the United States. Princeton Univ. Press,
Princeton, New Jersey.
- Mason, C.T. 1952. A systematic study of the genus
limnanthes [limnanthaceae]. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot.
25:455—512.
- Mason, H.L. 1928. Additions to the flora of California
[Lupinus peirsoni]. Madro–o 1:187—188.
- ————. 1932. A
phylogenetic series of the California closed-cone pines suggested by the
fossil record. Madro–o 2:49—55.
- ————. 1938a.
Two new species of linanthus [Polemoniaceae] from western North
America. Madro–o 4:157—162.
- ————. 1938b.
The flowering of Wolffiella lingulata (Hegelm.) Hegelm. [Lemnaceae]
Madro–o 4:241—251.
- ————. 1945.
The genus Eriastrum and the influence of Bentham and Gray upon the
problem of generic confusion in Polemoniaceae. Madro–o 8:65—91.
- ————. 1946a.
The edaphic factor in narrow endemism. I. The nature of environmental
influences. Madro–o 8:209—226.
- ————. 1946b.
The edaphic factor in narrow endemism. II. The geographic occurrence of plants
of highly restricted patterns. Madro–o 8:241—257.
- ————. 1947a.
Willis linn Jepson. Madro–o 9:61—64.
- ————. 1947b.
Evolution of certain floristic associations in western North America. Ecol.
Monogr. 17:201—210.
- ————. 1948.
Some additional notes on Polemoniaceae. Madro–o 9:249—255.
- ————. 1950a.
Taxonomy, systematic botany and biosystematics. Madro–o 10:193—208.
- ————. 1950b.
Ira Waddell Clokey. Madro–o 10:211—214.
- ————. 1969. A
flora of the marshes of California. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 878
p.
- Mathew, B. 1989. The genus Lewisia
[Portulacaceae]. Royal Bot. Gard., Kew (Timber Press, Portland,
Oreg.)
- Mathias, M.E. 1938. A revision of the genus Lomatium
[Apiaceae]. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
25:225—297.
- ————. 1967.
The vanishing natives. Lasca Leaves 17:10—13.
- ————, F.H.
Lewis, and B.J. Hoshizaki. 1976. Families of vascular plants of southern
California. Univ. Calif., Los Angeles. 208 p.
- ————. 1978.
The California desert. Fremontia 6(3):3—6.
- ————. 1989.
The fascinating history of the early botanical exploration and investigations
in southern California. Aliso 12:407—433.
- ————, and L.
Constance. 1941. A synopsis of the North American species of Eryngium
[Apiaceae]. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 25:361—387.
- ————, and E.
McClintock. 1963. A checklist of woody ornamental plants of California. Calif.
Exp. Sta. Ext. Serv., Univ. Calif, Berkeley, Manual 32.
- Matyas, W.J., and I. Parker. 1980. CALVEG mosaic of
existing vegetation of California. USDA, Forest Serv., Reg. Ecol. Group, San
Francisco. 27 p.
- Maxon, W.R. 1906. A new Asplenium, hitherto
referred to A. trichomanes var. incisum Moore. Bull. Torrey
Bot. Club 27:167—169.
- ————. 1917. A
new Notholaena [Adiantaceae] from the southwest. Amer. Fern J. 7:106—109.
- Mayer, K.E., and W.F. Laudenslayer, Jr., editors. 1988. A
guide to wildlife habitats of California. Calif. Dept. Forests and Fire Prot.,
Sacramento. 166 p.
- McArthur, E.D., and A.P. Plummer. 1978. Biogeography and
management of native western shrubs: a case study, section Tridentatae of
Artemisia, p. 229-243. In: K.T. Harper and J.L. Reveal, editors,
Intermountain biogeography: a symposium. Great Basin Naturalist Mem.
2.
- ————, and
S.C. Sanderson. 1985. A cytotaxonomic contribution to the western North
American rosaceous flora. Madro–o 32:24—28.
- McBride, J.R., and D.F. Jacobs. 1980. Land use and fire
history in the mountains of southern California, p. 85—88.
In: M.A. Stokes and J.H. Dieterich, editors, Proceedings of the fire
history workshop. USDA, Forest Serv., Rocky Mt. Forest and Range Exp. Sta.,
Gen. Tech. Rep. RM-81.
- McClatchie, A.J. 1896. Lemna gibba in southern
California. Erythea 4:195.
- ————. 1897.
Seedless plants of southern California. Proc. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
1:338—395.
- ————. 1899.
New or little-known plants of southern California. II. Erythea
7(10):89—104.
- McClintock, E. 1966. CaliforniaÕs botanical gardens.
Pacific Disc. 19(4):18—25.
- ————. 1974a.
The uses of plants among the Cahuilla Indians. Fremontia
1(4):16—18.
- ————. 1974b.
H.M. Pollard, L.S. Rose, and E.C. Twisselmann: obituaries. Madro–o
22:398—400.
- ————. 1980.
Romneya coulteri, the matilija poppy. Fremontia 8(2):12—13.
- ————. 1981.
Thomas Coulter, plant explorer. Fremontia 8(4):6—10.
- ————. 1982.
An annotated list of escaped exotics in California. Calif. Native Plant Soc.,
Berkeley. 13 p.
- ————. 1985.
Escaped exotic weeds of California. Fremontia 12(4):3—6.
- ————, and C.
Epling. 1946. A revision of Teucrium [Lamiaceae] in the New World, with
observations on its variation, geographical distribution and history.
Brittonia 5:491—510.
- ————, and
A.T.Leiser. 1978. An annotated checklist of woody ornamental plants of
California, Oregon, and Washington. Div. Agric. Sci., Univ. Calif, Berkeley,
Publ. 4091. 134 p.
- ————, M.E.
Mathias, and H. Lewis. 1982. An annotated checklist of ornamental plants of
coastal southern California. Univ. Calif., Berkeley. 162 p.
- McConnaughey, B.H., and E. McConnaughey. 1985. Pacific
coast. Audubon Soc. Nat. Guides, A. A. Knopf, New York. 633 p.
- McDonald, P.M., and E.E. littrell. 1976. The bigcone
Douglas-fir—canyon live oak community in southern California.
Madro–o 23:310—320.
- McDougal, D.T. 1905. Botanical exploration in Arizona,
Sonora, California, and Baja California. J. New York Bot. Gard. 6:91—102.
- ————. 1908.
Botanical features of North American deserts. Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash.
99.
- McGregor, E.A. 1965. Dr. Le Roy AbramsÕ collecting trip
of 1908. Madro–o 18:97—104.
- McKelvey, S.D. 1947. Yuccas of the southwestern United
States. 150 p.
- ————. 1956.
Botanical exploration of the Trans-Mississippi West, 1790—1850.
Arnold Arboretum, Harvard Univ. (Repr. 1991 by Oregon State Press, Corvallis,
Oreg.)
- McKinney, R.E.B. 1901. Notes on plant distribution in
southern California, U.S.A. Bot. Centralbl. Beiheft 10:168—178.
- McLaughlin, E. 1974. Autecological studies of three
species of Callitriche native in California. Ecol. Monogr.
44:1—16.
- McLaughlin, S.P. 1986. Floristic analysis of the
southwestern United States. Great Basin Naturalist 46:46—65.
- ————. 1989.
Natural floristic areas of the western United States. J. Biogeogr. 16:239—248.
- ————. 19??
Floristic plant geography: the classification of floristic areas and floristic
elements. Progr. in Phys. Geogr. 18:185—208.
- McMinn, H.E. 1927. A geographic and taxonomic study of
the California species of the genus Ceanothus [Rhamnaceae]. Contr.
Dudley Herb. l:121—147.
- ————. 1939.
Notes on the genus Ceanothus in California. Madro–o 5:13—15.
- ————. 1942. A
systematic study of the genus Ceanothus [Rhamnaceae]. In: Ceanothus. Santa Barbara Bot. Gard., Santa Barbara, Calif.
- ————. 1951a.
An illustrated manual of California shrubs. Univ. Calif. Press, San Francisco.
663 p.
- ————. 1951b.
Studies in the genus Diplacus, Scrophulariaceae. Madro–o 11:33—128.
- ————. 1964.
An illustrated manual of California shrubs. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 663
p.
- ————, and E.
Maino. 1937. An illustrated manual of Pacific Coast trees. Univ. Calif. Press,
Berkeley. 409 p.
- McNaughton, S.J. 1968. Structure and function in
California grasslands. Ecology 49:962—972.
- McNeal, D.W. 1977. Status of Allium serratum (liliaceae) [Alliaceae] and description of a new species. Madro–o 24:24—29.
- ————. 1992a.
A revision of the Allium fimbriatum (Alliaceae) complex. Aliso 13:411—426.
- ————. 1992b.
A reappraisal of Allium cristatum (Alliaceae) and its allies.
Madro–o 39:83—89.
- ————, and M.
Ownbey. 1982. Taxonomy of the Allium lacunosum complex (liliaceae)
[Alliaceae]. Madro–o 29:79—86.
- McNeill, J. 1975. A generic revision of Portulacaceae
tribe Montieae using techniques of numerical taxonomy. Canad. J. Bot.
53:789—809.
- ————. 1980.
The delimitation of Arenaria (Caryophyllaceae) and related genera in
North America, with 11 new combinations in Minuartia
[Caryophyllaceae]. Rhodora 82:495—502.
- McPherson, J., and C. Muller. 1969. Allelopathic effects
of Adenostoma fasciculatum, "chamise" [Rosaceae], in the California
chaparral. Ecol. Monogr. 39:177—198.
- McVaugh, R. 1941. A monograph on the genus
Downingia [Campanulaceae]. Torrey Bot. Club Mem.
19:1—57.
- ————. 1945.
The genus Triodanis Rafinesque [Campanulaceae], and its relationships
to Specularia and Campanula. Wrightia 1:13—52.
- ————. 1956.
Edward Palmer, plant explorer of the American West. Univ. Okla. Press, Norman.
430 p.Mead, G.R. 1972. The ethnobotany of the California Indians: a compendium
of the plants, their users, and their uses. Mus. Anthropol., Univ. N. Colo.,
Greeley, Colo., Occ. Publ Anthropology and Ethnology Ser. No. 30. 138
p.
- Medsger, O.P. 1939. Edible wild plants. Macmillan Co.,
New York. 323 p.
- Meinke, R.J., and P.F. Zika. 1992. A new annual species
of Minuartia (Caryophyllaceae) from Oregon and California.
Madro–o 39:288—300.
- Merriam, C.H. 1893a. Notes on the distribution of trees
and shrubs in the deserts and desert ranges of southern California, southern
Nevada, northwestern Arizona and southwestern Utah, p. 285—324.
In: The Death Valley Expedition. N. Amer. Fauna 7.
- ————. 1893b.
Notes on the geographical and vertical distribution of cactuses, Yucca and Agave in the deserts and desert ranges of southern California,
southern Nevada, northwestern Arizona and southwestern Utah, p.
345—359. In: The Death Valley Expedition. N. Amer.
Fauna 7.
- ————. 1898.
life-zones and crop-zones of the United States. USDA, Div. Biol. Surv. Bull.
10:l—79.
- Merrill, R.E. 1923. Plants used in basketry by the
California Indians. Amer. Arch. and Ethnology Publ. 20:215-222.
- Mertens, T.R., and P.H. Raven. 1965. Taxonomy of
Polygonum, section Polygonum (Avicularia) in North
America. Madro–o 18:85—92.
- Meyer, C.V. 193l. Southward extension of range of
Arbutus menziesii [Ericaceae]. Madro–o 2:41—42.
- Meyer, S.E. 1978. Some factors governing plant
distributions in the Mojave-Intermountain transition zone, p. 197-207.
In: K.T. Harper and J.L. Reveal, editors, Intermountain biogeography: a
symposium. Great Basin Naturalist Mem. 2.
- Meyn, O., and W.A. Emboden. 1987. Parameters and
consequences of introgression in Salvia apiana and S. mellifera (Lamiaceae). Syst. Bot. 12:390—399.
- Miao, B., B. Turner, B. Simpson, and T. Mabry. 1995.
Chloroplast DNA study of the genera Ambrosia s. l. and
Hymenoclea (Asteraceae): systematic implications. Pl. Syst.
Evol. 194:241—255.
- Mickel, J.T. 1979a. The fern genus Cheilanthes
[Adiantaceae] in the continental United States. Phytologia 41:431—437.
- ————. 1979b.
How to know the ferns and fern allies. W.C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. 229
p.
- Millar, C.I. 1986. The Californian closed-cone pines
(subsection Oocarpae little and Critchfield): a taxonomic history and
review. Taxon 35:657—670.
- Miller, C.S., and R.S. Hyslop. 1983. California: the
geography of diversity. Mayfield Publ., Palo Alto, Calif. 255 p.
- Miller, G.N. 1955. Fraxinus in North America.
Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Mem. 335.
- Miller, H.A. 1978. How to know the trees. 3rd ed. W.C.
Brown, Dubuque, Iowa. 263 p.
- Miller, L.C. 1906. Chaparral as a watershed cover in
southern California. Proc. Soc. Amer. Foresters
1:147—157.
- Miller, R.D., and P.J. Miller. 1967. The Chemehuevi
Indians of southern California. Malki Mus. Press, Banning, Calif.
- Minckley, W.L., and D.E. Brown. 1982. Wetlands, p.
285—287, 333—341. In: D.E. Brown, editor, Biotic
communities of the American Southwest—United States and Mexico.
Desert Plants 4(1—4).
- Minnich, R.A. 1980. Wildfire and the geographic
relationships between canyon live oak, Coulter pine and big-cone Douglas fir
forests, p. 55—6l. In: T.R. Plumb, technical coordinator,
Ecology, management and utilization of California oaks. USDA, Forest Serv.
Pacific Southw. Forest and Range Exp. Sta., Gen. Tech. Rep. PSW-44.
- ————. 1983.
Fire mosaics in southern California and northern Baja California.
Science 219:1287—1294.
- ————. 1991.
Conifer forest fire dynamics and distribution in the mountains of southern
California. Crossosoma 17(1):l—10;
(2):1—10.
- ————, and
E.F. Vizca’no. 1998. Land of chamise and pines: historical accounts and
current status of northern Baja CaliforniaÕs vegetation. Univ. Calif. Publ.
80, Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 166 p., ill.
- Mir, W. 1966. Influence of ponderosa pine on herbaceous
vegetation. Ecology 47:10—45.
- Mirov, N. T. 1938. Phylogenetic relations of Pinus
jeffreyi and Pinus ponderosa. Madro–o
4:169—171.
- ————. 1967.
The genus Pinus. Ronald Press, New York. 602 p.
- Mistretta, O. 1988. Keckiella [Scrophulariaceae]
systematics. M.A. Thesis, Claremont Grad. School, Claremont, Calif. 43
p.
- ————. 1989a.
Species management guide for Mahonia nevinii (Gray) Fedde
[Berberidaceae] [Los Angeles--Riverside cos.]. Tech. Rep. No. 3, USDA, Forest
Serv., Pacific Southw. Region, Angeles Natl. For. and Rancho Santa Ana Bot.
Gard. 16 p., app.
- ————. 1991a.
Species management guide for Opuntia basilaris Engelm. and Bigel. var.
brachyclada (Griffiths) Munz [Cactaceae] [Los Angeles, San Bernardino
cos., etc.]. Tech. Rep. No. 7, USDA, Forest Serv., Pacific Southw. Reg.,
Angeles Natl. For. and Rancho Santa Ana Bot. Gard. 53 p.
- ————. 1991b.
Species management guide for lilium parryi Wats. [Mts. of s. Calif. and
s. Ariz.] Tech. Rep. No. 8, USDA, Forest Serv., Pacific Southw. Reg., Angeles
Natl. For. and Rancho Santa Ana Bot. Gard. 54 p.
- ————, and L.
Howard. 1984. Biogeography and prehistory of shrublands, p. 8—24.
In: J.J. DeVries, editor, Shrublands in California: literature review
and research needed in management. Univ. Calif., Davis, Water Resources
Center, Contr. No. 191.
- Mitchell, J., and A. Rook. 1979. Botanical dermatology.
Plants and plant products injurious to the skin. Greengrass, Vancouver,
British Columbia. 787 p.
- Mitchell, R.S 1968. Variation in the Polygonum
amphibium complex and its taxonomic significance. Univ. Calif. Publ.
Bot. 45:1—54.
- Mockel, H.R. 1971. Mockel's desert flower notebook. H.R.
Mockel, Twentynine Palms, Calif. 314 p.
- Moerman, D.E. 1977. American medical ethnobotany: a
reference dictionary. Garland Publ., New York. 527 p.
- Mohlenbrock, R.H. 1983. Where have all the wildflowers
gone? A region-by-region guide to threatened and endangered U.S. wildflowers.
Macmillan Publ., New York. 239 p.
- Moldenke, A.R. 1971. Studies on the species diversity of
California plant communities. Ph.D. Thesis, Stanford Univ., Stanford, Calif.
355 p.
- Mooney, H.A. 1973. Plant communities and vegetation, p.
7—17. In: Mountains, California and Nevada. Univ. Calif.
Press, Berkeley.
- ————, editor.
1977. Convergent evolution in Chile and California: Mediterranean climate
ecosystems. Hutchinson, and Ross, Stroudsburg, Pa. 224 p.
- ————. 1980.
Southern coastal scrub, p. 472—487. In: M.G. Barbour and J.
Major, editors, Terrestrial vegetation of California. Calif. Native Plants
Soc. Spec. Publ. no. 9.
- ————, and
E.L. Dunn. 1970. Convergent evolution of Mediterranean-climate evergreen
sclerophyll shrubs. Evolution 24:292—303.
- ————, and
————. 1972. Land-use history of
California and Chile as related to the structure of the sclerophyll scrub
vegetation. Madro–o 21:305—319.
- ————,
————, F. Shropshire, and L. Song.,
Jr. 1970. Vegetation comparisons between the Mediterranean climate areas of
California and Chile. Flora 159:480—496.
- ————, S.P.
Hamburg, and J.A. Drake. 1986. The invasions of plants and animals into
California, p. 250—272. In: H.A. Mooney and J.A. Drake,
editors, Ecology of biological invasion of North America and Hawaii.
Springer-Verlag, New York.
- ————, and
P.C. Miller. 1985. Chaparral, p. 212—231. In: B.F. Chabot
and H.A. Mooney, editors, Physiological ecology of North American plant
communities. Chapman and Hall, New York.
- Mooring, J.S. 1956. A cytogenetic study of Clarkia
unguiculata [Onagraceae]. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Los Angeles. 69
p.
- ————. 1997. A
new base chromosome number and phylogeny for Eriophyllum (Asteraceae,
Helenieae). Madro–o 44:364—373.
- Mooser, C.J. 1984. Chaparral vegetation in southern
California. M.A. Thesis, Calif. State Univ., Long Beach. 102 p.
- Moran, R. 1943. Revision of subgenus Stylophyllum
[Dudleya, Crassulaceae]. Desert Plant life 15:9—14, 24—28, 40—45,
56—59.
- ————. 1949.
The Agavaceae. Desert Plant life 21:64—69.
- ————. 1950.
Mesembryanthemum [Aizoaceae] in California. Madro–o 10:161—163.
- ————. 1957.
Innovations in Dudleya. Madro–o 14:106—108.
- ————. 1959.
Dudleya. In: Jacobsen, editor, A handbook of succulent plants, Vol.
l:344—359. Blandford Press, London.
- ————. 1984.
Vernal pools in northwest Baja California, Mexico, p. 173—184.
In: S. Jain and P. Moyle, editors, Vernal pools and intermittent
streams. Univ. Calif., Davis, Inst. Ecol. Publ. No. 28.
- Morefield, J.D. 1992a. Three new species of
Stylocline (Asteraceae: Inuleae) from California and the Mojave Desert.
Madro–o 39:114—130.
- ————. 1992b.
Resurrection and revision of Hesperevax (Asteraceae: Inuleae). Syst.
Bot. 17:293—310.
- Morey, D.H. 1959. Changes in nomenclature in the genus
Plectritis [Valerianaceae]. Contr. Dudley Herb.
5:119—121.
- Morgan, R., and J.D. Ackerman. 1990. Two new Piperias
(Orchidaceae) from western North America. lindleyana 5:204—211.
- Morin, N. 1983. Systematics of Githopsis (Campanulaceae). Syst. Bot. 8:436—468.
- Morton, J.F. 1963. Principal wild food plants of the
United States. Econ. Bot. 17:319-330.
- ————. 1977.
Major medicinal plants: botany, culture, and use. C.C. Thomas, Philadelphia,
Pa. 431 p.
- Mosyakin, S.L. 1996. A taxonomic synopsis of the genus
Salsola (Chenopodiaceae) in North America. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
83:387—395.
- Mountjoy, J.H. 1979. Broom--a threat to native plants.
Fremontia 6(4):11—15.
- Moxley, G.L. 1911a. Some southern California ferns.
Amer. Fern J. 1:82.
- ————. 1911b.
Southern California fern notes. Amer. Fern J. 2:104.
- ————. 1916a.
Two new Zauschnerias. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 15:22.
- ————. 1916b.
Notes on Zauschneria [Epilobium, Onagraceae]. Bull. S. Calif.
Acad. Sci. 15:47—54.
- ————. 1915.
Random botanical notes. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 14:52.
- ————. 1917.
Bidens frondosa linn. [Asteraceae]. Lorquinia 2:21.
- ————. 1920a.
Notes, chiefly nomenclatorial, on southern California ferns. Bull. S.
Calif. Acad. Sci. 19:56—57.
- ————. 1920b.
Zauschneria orbiculata n. sp. [Epilobium, Onagraceae] Bull.
S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 19:30.
- ————. 192la.
Brickellia microphylla (Nutt.) Gray [Asteraceae]; New Selaginellas;
Notae plantarum austro-occidentalis. I. Thelypteris feei (C. Chr.)
new comb.; and Plantago aristata Michx. Bull. S. Calif. Acad.
Sci. 20:34—35.
- ————. 1921b.
Further notes on Zauschneria. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 20:54—55.
- ————. 1924.
An albino form of Zauschneria. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 23:12.
- Mozingo, H. 1987. Shrubs of the Great Basin: a natural
history. Univ. Nev. Press, Reno. 342 p., 24 color pls.
- Muenscher, W.C. 1940. Poisonous plants of the United
States. Rev. ed. Macmillan Co., New York. 277 p.
- ————. 1944.
Aquatic plants of the United States. Comstock Publ. Co., Cornell Univ.,
Ithaca, New York. 374 p.
- ————. 1955.
Weeds. 2nd ed. MacMillan Co., New York. 560 p.
- Muir, J. 1894. The mountains of California. (Repr. 1961,
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York.). 300 p.
- Muller, C.H. 1946. The holacanthoid plants of North
America. Madro–o 6:128—132.
- Muns, B. 1985. Chaparral flora: woody species and fire
"herbland" spp. of southern California. Bob Muns, Arcadia. 9 p., map.
- ————. 1996.
California genera of vascular plants. Bob Muns, Arcadia, Calif. 48 p.
- Munz, P.A. 1923—1925, 1932. Southern
California plant notes. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 22:7—11 (1923); 23:127—132 (1924);
24:47—5l (1925); 31:61—70 (1932).
- ————. 1927.
The southern California species of Salvia [Lamiaceae]. Bull. S.
Calif. Acad. Sci. 26:17—29.
- ————. 1935. A
manual of southern California botany. Claremont Colleges, Claremont, Calif.
642 p.
- ————. 1938a.
Interesting western plants--II. Leafl. W. Bot.
2:87—89; III. idem 2:113—115; V.
idem 3:49—53; VI. idem 3:83—87.
- ————. 1938b.
Studies in Onagraceae XI. A revision of the genus Gaura. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club: 65:105—122,
211—228.
- ————. 1942.
Studies in Onagraceae XII. A revision of the New World species of
Jussiaea [Ludwigia]. Darwiniana
4:179—284.
- ————. 1945.
M. French Gilman. Madro–o 8:27—29.
- ————. 1946.
The cultivated and wild columbines [Aquilegia, Ranunculaceae].
Gentes Herb. 7:1—150.
- ————. 1947. A
short history of the Rancho Santa Ana Botanic Garden. Rancho Santa Ana Bot.
Gard., Anaheim, Calif. 31 p.
- ————. 1949a.
The Oenothera hookeri group [Onagraceae]. El Aliso 2:1—47.
- ————.
1949b—1969. California miscellany. El Aliso 2:77—86 (1949); idem 2:217—238
(1950); Aliso 4:87—100 (1958); idem 4:503—504 (1960); idem 5:353—355 (1963);
idem 7:65—71 (1969).
- ————. 1950.
Summer-holly (Comarostaphylis diversifolia) [Ericaceae]. El
Aliso 2:151—154.
- ————. 1952.
Frank W. Peirson. El Aliso 2:339—340.
- ————. 1961a.
Ivan M. Johnston--western botanist. Aliso 5:1—3.
- ————. 1961b.
California spring wildflowers, from the base of the Sierra Nevada and southern
mountains to the sea. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 122 p.
- ————. 1962.
California desert wild flowers. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley 122 p.
- ————. 1963.
California mountain wildflowers. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 122 p.,
maps.
- ————. 1964.
Shore wildflowers of California, Oregon, and Washington. Univ. Calif. Press.
122 p.
- ————. 1965.
Botanical exploration of Marcus E. Jones, 1876 to 1919: an autobiographical
account. Leafl. W. Bot. 10:189-236.
- ————. 1968a.
Supplement to a California flora. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 224 p.
- ————. 1968b.
The Claremont herbarium. Aliso 6(4):41—45.
- ————. 1973a.
Some remarks on the vegetation of southern California. Aliso 8:7—12.
- ————. 1973b.
Record of an unusually tall Yucca schidigera [Agavaceae]. Aliso 8:13—14.
- ————. 1973c.
The North American species of Orobanche, section Myzorrhiza
[Orobanchaceae]. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club
57:611—624.
- ————. 1974. A
flora of southern California. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 1086 p.
- ————, and
I.M. Johnston. 1924. The Penstemons [Scrophulariaceae] of southern California.
Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 23:21—40
- ————, and
————. 1925. The Potentillas
[Rosaceae] of southern California. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 24:5—25.
- ————, and
D.D. Keck. 1949. California plant communities. Aliso
2:87—105.
- ————, and
————. 1950. California plant
communities-supplement. Aliso 2:199—202.
- ————, and
————. 1959. A California flora.
Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 1681 p.
- ————, and
————. 1968. A California flora
with supplement. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley.
- ————, and
J.D. Laudermilk. 1949. A neglected character in western ashes
(Fraxinus) [Oleaceae]. El Aliso 2:49—62.
- ————, and
J.C. Roos. 1955. California miscellany III. El Aliso 3:111—129.
- Murphey, E.V.A. 1959. Indian uses of native plants.
Mendocino Co. Hist. Soc., Fort Bragg, Calif. 81 p.
- Murray, M.D. 1989. Conifer forests in the San Gabriel
Mountains. Fremontia 17(3):11—14.
- Myers, M.A. 1984. Postfire dynamics in Californian
coastal sage scrub. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Riverside.
- Nakai, K.M. 1987a. Crassulaceae in southern California
deserts. Crossosoma 13(3):1—7.
- ————. 1987b.
Some new and reconsidered California Dudleya (Crassulaceae). Madro–o
34:334—353.
- Nason, J.D., N.C. Ellstrand, and M.L. Arnold. 1992.
Patterns of hybridization and introgression in populations of oaks,
manzanitas, and irises. Amer. J. Bot. 79:101—111.
- Natural Diversity Data Base. 1998. Special plants list.
Natural Heritage Div., Calif. Dept. Fish and Game, Natural Diversity Data
Base, Sacramento. 119 p.
- Naveh, Z. 1967. Mediterranean ecosystems and vegetation
types in California and Israel. Ecology 48:445—459.
- Neilson, J.A. 1964. The autoecology of Lupinus
densiflorus Benth [Fabaceae]: some aspects of its relation to the plants
that occur with it, and a review of its taxonomic position in the genus. Ph.D.
Thesis, Univ. Calif., Davis. 211 p.
- Neisess, K.R. 1983. Evolution, systematics and terpene
relationships of Salvia section Audibertia. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ.
Calif., Riverside. 327 p.
- ————. 1985.
Notes on the Salvia leucophylla complex (Lamiaceae) of California and
Baja California Norte. Madro–o 32:273—275.
- Nelson, P. W. 1988. Relics in the southern California
landscape. M.A. Thesis, Calif. State Univ., Fullerton. 140 p.
- Nesom, G.L. 1994. Review of the taxonomy of Aster sensu lato (Asteraceae: Astereae), emphasizing the New World species.
Phytologia 77(3):141—297.
- Ness, B.D. 1989. Seed morphology and taxonomic
relationships in Calochortus (liliaceae) [Calochortaceae]. Syst.
Bot. 14:495—505.
- Newcomb, G.B. 1962. Geographic variation in Pinus
attenuata Lemm. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Berkeley. 191 p.
- Newsom, V.M. 1924. Violets [Violaceae] of southern
California. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 23:159—164.
- ————. 1929. A
revision of the genus Collinsia [Scrophulariaceae]. Bot. Gaz.
(Crawfordsville) 87:260—301.
- Niaring, W.A. 1985. Wetlands. A. A. Knopf, New York. 638
p.
- Nicholson, P. 1993. Ecological and historical
biogeography of Ceanothus (Rhamnaceae) in the Transverse Ranges of
southern California. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Los Angeles. 174 p.
- Nickrent, 106, K.P. Schuette, and E.M. Starr. 1994. A
molecular phylogeny of Arceuthobium (Viscaceae) based on nuclear
ribosomal DNA internal transcribed spacer sequences. Amer. J. Bot.
81:1149—1160.
- Niehaus, T.F. 1961. A taxonomic and cytologic
investigation of the Festuca microstachys complex [Poaceae]. M.A.
Thesis, Univ. Calif., Davis. 34 p.
- ————. 1968. A
biosystematic study of the genus Brodiaea (Amaryllidaceae)
[Themidaceae]. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Berkeley. 175 p.
- ————. 1980.
The Brodiaea complex [Themidaceae]. Four Seasons 6(1):11—21.
- ————, and
C.L. Ripper. 1976. A field guide to Pacific states wildflowers. Houghton
Mifflin Co., Boston. 432 p.
- Nielsen, S.D. 1949. Revision of Plectritis [Valerianaceae]. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 42:480—501.
- Niering, W.A. 1985. Wetlands. Audubon Soc. Nat. Guides,
A.A. Knopf, New York. 638 p.
- Nilsson, O. 1971. The genus Montiastrum [Portulacaceae]. Bot. Notiser 124:87—121.
- Nixon, K.C., and C.H. Muller. 1994. New names in
California oaks. Novon 4:391—393.
- ————, and
K.P. Steele. 1981. A new species of Quercus (Fagaceae) from southern
California. Madro–o 28:210—219.
- Nobel, P.S. 1988. Environmental biology of agaves and
cacti. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, England. 270 p.
- Nobs, M.A. 1963. Experimental studies on species
relationships in Ceanothus [Rhamnaceae]. Carnegie Inst. Wash.
Publ. 623. 94 p.
- Noldeke, A.M. , and J.T. Howell. 1960. Endemism and the
California flora. Leafl. W. Bot. 9:124—127.
- Norland, E.C. 1975. Eriogonums for coastal California
gardens. Fremontia 3(3):14—19.
- Norman, E.M. 1967. The genus Buddleia [Buddleiaceae] in North America. Gentes Herb.
10:47—114.
- Norwick, S.A. 1991. Vernal pools and other seasonal
bodies of standing water. Fremontia 19(3):8—19.
- Nowacki, E., and D.B. Dunn. 1964. Shrubby California
lupines and relationships suggested by alkaloid content. Genetic
Polonica 5:47—56.
- Nuttall, T. 1848. Descriptions of plants collected by
William Gambel, M. D., in the Rocky Mountains and upper California. J.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. new ser. 1:149—189.
- ————. 1850.
Description of plants collected by Mr. William Gambel in the Rocky Mountains
and upper California. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
4:7—26, 3 plates.
- Nyerges, C. 1980. A southern Californian's guide to wild
food. 2nd ed. C. Nyerges, Los Angeles.
- Oberbauer, T.A. 1986. The tree [Populus
tremuloides, Salicaceae] that skipped San Diego. Environm. Southw. 512:12—13.
- ————. 1993.
Soils and plants of limited distribution in the Peninsular Ranges.
Fremontia 21 (4):3—7.
- Ogden, E.C. 1943. The broad-leaved species of
Potamogeton of North America north of Mexico. Rhodora 45:57—104, 119—163, 171—213.
- Ohmart, R.D., and R.W. Anderson. 1977. North American
desert riparian ecosystems, p. 433—467. In: G.L. Bender,
editor, Reference handbook of the deserts of North America. Greenwood Press,
Westport, Conn.
- O'Leary, J.F. 1984. Environmental factors influencing
postburn vegetation in a southern California shrubland. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ.
Calif., Los Angeles.
- ————. 1990a.
Californian coastal sage scrub: general characteristics and considerations for
biological conservation, p. 24—41. In: A.A. Schoenherr,
editor, Endangered plant communities of southern California. Proc. 15th Ann.
Symp., S. Calif. Bot. Spec. Publ. No 3.
- ————. 1990b.
Post-fire diversity patterns in two sub-associations of Californian coastal
sage scrub. J. Veg. Sci. 1:173—180.
- ————. 1994.
Bibliographies on coastal sage scrub and related malacophyllous shrublands of
other Mediterranean-type climates. Resources Agency, Calif. Dept. Fish
and Game Bull. No. 10:1—57, map.
- ————. 1995.
Coastal sage scrub: threats and current status. Fremontia
23(4):27—31.
- ————, and
W.E. Westman. 1988. Regional disturbance effects on herb succession patterns
in coastal sage scrub. J. Biogeogr. 15:175—186.
- Orcutt, C.R. 1889. The desert in June. W. Amer.
Sci. 6:22—26.
- ————. 1890.
Color notes on California wild flowers. Gard. and Forest Sept. 10,
16.
- ————. 1895.
Flora of southern and lower California. A check-list of the flowering plants
and ferns. C.R. Orcutt, San Diego, Calif. 13 p.
- ————.
1900—1901. Botany of southern California. West Amer. Sci.
11:41/42—171/172.
- ————.
1907—1910. American plants. 3 vols. Author, San Diego,
Calif.
- Ornduff, R. 1963. Experimental studies in two genera of
Helenieae (Compositae): Blennosperma and Lasthenia. Quart.
Rev. Biol. 38:141—150.
- ————. 1964.
Biosystematics of Blennosperma (Compositae). Brittonia
16:289—295.
- ————. 1966. A
biosystematic survey of the goldfield genus Lasthenia [Asteraceae].
Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 40:1—92.
- ————. 1969.
Ecology, morphology, and systematics of Jepsonia (Saxifragaceae).
Brittonia 21:286—298.
- ————. 1974.
Introduction to California plant life. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 152
p.
- ————, and
T.J. Crovello. 1968. Numerical taxonomy of limnanthaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 55:173—182.
- Orr, R.T., and M.C. Orr. 1974. Wildflowers of western
North America. Galahad Books, New York. 270 p.
- Ottley, A.M. 1923. A revision of the Californian species
of Lotus [Fabaceae]. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot.
10:189—305, pl. 61—82, maps
l—10.
- Ownbey, M. 1940. A monograph of the genus
Calochortus [Calochortaceae]. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
27:371—560.
- ————. 1950.
Natural hybridization and amphiploidy in the genus Tragopogon [Asteraceae]. Amer. J. Bot. 37:487—499.
- ————. 1969.
Calochortus [Calochortaceae]. Univ. Wash. Publ.
17(1):765—779.
- Padgett, D.J., D.H. Les, and G.E. Crow. 1996. Systematic
studies of Nuphar (Nymphaeaceae), the yellow water lilies. Amer. J.
Bot. 83(6):184—185 [abstr.].
- Palmer, E. 1878. Plants used by the Indians of the United
States. Amer. Naturalist 12:593—606.
- Pammel, L. H. 1916. Notes on the weeds of California.
Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 23:489-493.
- Parikh, A.K. 1989. Factors affecting the distribution of
riparian tree species in southern California chaparral watersheds. Ph.D.
Thesis, Univ. Calif., Berkeley. 123 p.
- Parish, S.B. 1881. Plants of southern California
collected in the counties of San Bernardino, San Diego and Los Angeles.
Oquawka, Ill. 8 p.
- ————. 1882.
Supplementary list of plants collected in the counties of San Bernardino, San
Diego, and Los Angeles. Oquawka, Ill. 4 p.
- ————. 1885.
Contributions to southern California botany. I. Zoe
5:72—76.
- ————. 1888.
Phacelia heterosperma [Hydrophyllaceae]. Bot. Gaz.
(Crawfordsville) 13:37—38.
- ————. 1890a.
California palms. Gard. and Forest 3:51.
- ————.
1890b—1891a. Notes on the naturalized plants of southern
California. I. Zoe 1:7—10, 56—59,
122—126, 182—188, 205—210,
261—265, 300—303 (1890); 2:26—34
(1891).
- ————. 1891b.
The arborescent yuccas of California. Gard. and Forest 4:135—136.
- ————.
1891c—1893a. Notes on Californian plants. IV. Zoe 2:116—117 (1891), 3:320—322 (1892),
352—354 (1893).
- ————. 1892b.
New California plants. Zoe 2:116—117.
- ————. 1893b.
A new Collinsia [Scrophulariaceae]. Zoe 4:147.
- ————. 1893c.
New station for Notholaena tenera [Adiantaceae]. Erythea 1:153—154.
- ————. 1893d.
Additions to the flora of southern California. Zoe 4:160—167 (1893d).
- ————. 1894.
Distribution of southern California trees. Zoe 4:332—352.
- ————. 1895.
Further additions to the flora of southern California. Erythea 3:58—62.
- ————.
1898-1899. New or little-known plants of southern California. Erythea 6:85—92 (1898); idem 7:89—97
(1899).
- ————. 1900a.
The growing periods of the southern California ferns. Fern Bull. 8:26—29.
- ————. 1900b.
Southern California forms of Phacelia circinnata Jacq.
[Hydrophyllaceae]. Zoe 5:911.
- ————. 1900c.
Contributions to southern California botany. Zoe 5:71—76.
- ————. 1901a.
Errors in the reported stations of some southern California plants. Zoe 5:109—120.
- ————. 1901b.
California fern gossip. Fern Bull. 9:73—77.
- ————. 1902a.
Aster greatai. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1:15.
- ————. 1902b.
A new California rose. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1:87.
- ————. 1902c.
The southern California species of Calochortus [Calochortaceae].
Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1:102—106,
120—125.
- ————. 1902d.
Through desert and mountain in southern California. Plant World 5:111—128.
- ————. 1903a.
A sketch of the flora of southern California. Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 36:203—222,
259—279.
- ————. 1903b.
Concerning certain trees. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
2(1):155—156.
- ————. 1903c.
Two new plants from southern California. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
2(2):26—28.
- ————. 1903d.
A few new or rare southern California plants. Bull. S. Calif. Acad.
Sci. 2(7):81—83.
- ————. 1903e.
A sketch of the flora of southern California. Bot. Gaz.
(Crawfordsville) 36:203—222,
259—279.
- ————. 1904a.
New or unreported plants from southern California. Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 38:459-462.
- ————.
1904b—1906. A preliminary synopsis of the southern California
Cyperaceae. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 3:35—37,
49—56, 65—68, 81—86, 141—146
(1904); 4:8—13, 51—52, 66—68,
80—84, 106—116, 126—133 (1905);
5:20—28, 47—54 (1906).
- ————. 1904c.
The fern flora of California. Fern Bull. 12(1):l-15.
- ————. 1905.
Cereus giganteus [Carnegiea, Cactaceae] in California. Bull.
S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 4:122.
- ————. 1907a.
Some plants erroneously or questionably attributed to southern California.
Muhlenbergia 3:1—7.
- ————. 1907b.
Recent additions to the flora of southern California. Muhlenbergia 3:57—62.
- ————. 1907c.
A contribution toward a knowledge of the genus Washingtonia [Arecaceae]. Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 44:408—434.
- ————. 1908a.
A problem in plant distribution. Muhlenbergia 4:42—43.
- ————. 1908b.
The flowers of Washingtonia. Bot. Gaz.
(Crawfordsville) 46:144—147.
- ————. 1908c.
Fremont in southern California. Muhlenbergia 4:57—62.
- ————. 1909a.
Additions to the southern California flora. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 8:7.
- ————. 1909b.
Parry and southern California botany. Plant World 12:1—7.
- ————. 1909c.
Notes on some introduced plant of southern California.
Muhlenbergia 5:109—115,
121—128.
- ————. 1909d.
Roezl and the type of Washingtonia. Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 48:462—463.
- ————.
1909e—1910a. A bibliography of the southern California flora.
Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 8:71—75 (1909);
9:57—62 (1910).
- ————. 1910b.
The southern California Juncaceae. Muhlenbergia 6:113—120, 121—128.
- ————. 1911.
Additions and emendations. Muhlenbergia 8:73—82.
- ————. 1912.
Additions to the flora of southern California. Muhlenbergia 8:79—82.
- ————. 1913a
Coreopsis gigantea Hall [Asteraceae]. Muhlenbergia 8:133—134.
- ————. 1913b.
Additions to the known flora of southern California. Muhlenbergia 9:57—59.
- ————. 1914.
The Tecate cypress. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
13:11—13.
- ————. 1915a.
Notes on some southern California plants. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
14:12—16.
- ————. 1915b.
The southern California ferns. Amer. Fern J.
5:97—104.
- ————. 1918.
Notes on some southern California plants. Bot. Gaz.
(Crawfordsville) 65:334—343.
- ————. 1920a.
A supplementary bibliography of the southern California flora. Bull. S.
Calif. Acad. Sci. 19(1):24—28.
- ————. 1920b.
The immigrant plants of southern California. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 19(4):3—30.
- ————. 1921.
On the distribution of certain trees in California. Bull. S. Calif. Acad.
Sci. 2l:31—33.
- ————. 1923.
Cleomella obtusifolia Torr. and Frem. [Capparaceae]. Bull. S. Calif.
Acad. Sci. 22:12—14.
- ————. 1926a.
Cereus munzii sp. nov. [Echinocereus, Cactaceae]. Bull. S.
Calif. Acad. Sci. 25:48.
- ————. 1926b.
Notes on Cactaceae. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
25:83—84.
- ————. 1930.
Vegetation of the Mojave and Colorado deserts of southern California.
Ecology 11:481—499.
- ————, and
W.F. Parish. 1881. Plants of southern California, collected in the counties of
San Bernardino, San Diego, and Los Angeles. 8 p.
- Parker, I., and W. Matayas. 1979. CALVEG: a
classification of Californian vegetation. Region. Ecol. Group, USDA, Forest
Serv., San Francisco.
- Parker, V.T. 1977. Dominance relationships of tree
associated herbs in some California grasslands. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif.,
Santa Barbara.
- Parry, C.C. 1878. A new California lily. Proc.
Davenport Acad. Sci. 2:188—189.
- ————. 1882.
Oxytheca. Two new species from southern California. Proc. Davenport.
Acad. Sci. 3:174—176.
- ————. 1883a.
A new species of Oxytheca. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 10:23—24.
- ————. 1883b.
Cucurbita californica Torr. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 10:50—51.
- ————. 1883c.
Early botanical explorers of the Pacific Coast. Overland, new ser.
2.
- ————. 1884.
Section Micrococcus of Arctostaphylos. Proc. Davenport
(Iowa) Acad. 4:30—37.
- ————. 1885.
Historical notice of Pinus torreyana. N. Amer. Sci.
1:36—37.
- ————. 1887.
California manzanitas. Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci.
5:162—174.
- ————. 1889a.
Ceanothus L.: a synoptical list comprising thirty-three species with
notes and description. Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci.
5:162—174.
- ————.
1889b. Ceanothus L.: recent field notes with a partial revision of
species. Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci.
5:185—194.
- Parry, J. 1956. Who first found these western flowers?
Pacific Disc. 9(1):13—20.
- Parsons, D.J. 1973. A comparative study of vegetation
structure in the Mediterranean scrub communities of California and Chile.
Ph.D. Thesis, Stanford Univ., Stanford, Calif. 155 p.
- ————. 1976,
Vegetation structure in the Mediterranean climate scrub communities of
California and Chile. J. Ecology 64:435—447.
- ————, and
A.R. Moldenke. 1975. Convergence in vegetation structure along analogous
climatic gradients in California and Chile. Ecology 56:950—957.
- Parsons, M.E. 1966. The wild flowers of California, their
names, haunts, and habits. 3rd ed. Dover Publ., New York. 425 p.
- ————, and
M.W. Buck. 1904. Wildflowers of California. Their names, haunts, and habitats.
Payot, Upham and Co., San Francisco. 411 p.
- Pase, C.P. 1982a. Alpine tundra, p. 27—33,
316. In: D. E. Brown, editor, Biotic communities of the American
Southwest—United States and Mexico. Desert Plants 4(1—4).
- ————. 1982b.
Sierran subalpine and montane conifer forest, p. 40—41,
49—5l, 317—320. In: D.E. Brown, editor, Biotic
communities of the American Southwest—United States and Mexico.
Desert Plants 4(1—4).
- ————. 1982c.
Californian (coastal) chaparral, p. 91—94, 323—324.
In: D.E. Brown, editor, Biotic communities of the American
Southwest—United States and Mexico. Desert Plants 4(1—4).
- ————, and
D.E. Brown. 1982a. Rocky Mountain (Petran) and Madrean montane conifer
forests, p. 43—48, 318—319. In: D.E. Brown,
editor, Biotic communities of the American Southwest—United States
and Mexico. Desert Plants 4(1—4).
- ————, and
————. 1982b. Californian coastal
scrub, p. 86—90, 323. In: D.E. Brown, editor, Biotic
communities of the American Southwest—United States and Mexico.
Desert Plants 4(1—4).
- ————, and
E.F. Layser. 1977. Classification of riparian habitat in the Southwest, p.
5—9. In: R.R. Johnson and D.A. Jones, technical
coordinators, Importance, preservation and management of riparian habitat: a
symposium. USDA, Forest Serv. Gen. Tech. Rep. RM-43. Rocky Mt. Forest and
Range Exp. Sta., Fort Collins, Colo.
- Patterson, R. 1977. A revision of linanthus
sect. Siponella (Polemoniaceae). Madro–o 24:36—48.
- ————. 1989.
Taxonomic relationships of Gilia maculata (Polemoniaceae). Madro–o
36:15—27.
- Pavlik, B.M. 1976. A natural history of southern
California oaks. W. Los Angeles Co. Resource Cons. District, Van Nubs, Calif.
73 p.
- ————. 1985.
Sand dune flora of the Great Basin and Mojave deserts of California, Nevada,
and Oregon. Madro–o 32:197—213.
- ————, P.C.
Muick, S. Johnson, and M. Popper. 1991. Oaks of California. Cachuma Press, Los
Olivos, Calif. 184 p.
- Payne, T. 1950. History of the introduction of
Fremontia mexicana [Fremontodendron, Bombacaceae]. El
Aliso 2:109—111.
- Payne, W.W. 1964. A re-evaluation of the genus Ambrosia (Compositae). J. Arnold Arbor.
45:401—430.
- Paysen, T.E. 1978. Sampling wildlife vegetation. Ph.D.
Thesis, Univ. Calif., Riverside. 185 p.
- ————. 1980.
Inventory and distribution records of oaks in California, p. 67—74.
In: T.R. Plumb, editor, Proceedings of the symposium on the ecology,
management, and utilization of California oaks. USDA Forest Serv., Pacific
Southw. Forest and Range Exp. Sta., Gen. Tech. Rep. PSW-44.
- ————, J.A.
Derby, H. Black, Jr., V. Bleich, and J.W. Mincks. 1980. A vegetation
classification system applied to southern California. USDA, Forest Serv.,
Pacific Southw. Forest and Range Exp. Sta., Gen. Tech. Rep. PSW-45. 33
p.
- ————,
————, and C.E. Conrad. 1983. A
vegetation classification system for use in California: its conceptual basis.
USDA, Forest Serv., Pacific Southw. Forest and Range Exp. Sta., Gen. Tech.
Rep. PSW-63. 14 p.
- Peattie, D.C. 1950. A natural history of western trees.
Bonanza Books, New York. 751 p.
- Peck, M.E. 1941. A manual of the higher plants of Oregon.
Binfords and Mort, Publ., Portland, Ore. 866 p.
- Peloquin, R.L., Jr. 1971. Variation and hybridization
patterns in Pinus ponderosa and Pinus engelmannii. Ph.D. Thesis,
Univ. Calif., Santa Barbara. 196 p.
- Pemberton, R.W. 1988. The abundance of plants bearing
extrafloral nectaries in Colorado and Mojave Desert communities of southern
California. Madro–o 35:238—246.
- Pennell, F.W. 1921. Veronica [Scrophulariaceae] in
North and South America. Rhodora 23:1—22,
29—41.
- Perry, B. 1981. Trees and shrubs for dry California
landscapes — Plants for water conservation. Land Design Publ., San
Dimas, Calif. 184 p.
- Peterson, B. 1993. California, vanishing habitat and
wildlife. B. Peterson, Wilsonville, Ore. 144 p.
- Peterson, K.M., and W.W. Payne. 1973. The genus
Hymenoclea (Compositae: Ambrosieae). Brittonia 25:243—256.
- Peterson, P.V. 1966. Native trees of southern California.
Calif. Nat. Hist. Guides 14. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 136 p., 16
plates.
- Petrides, G.A. 1972. A field guide to trees and shrubs.
2nd ed. Houghton-Mifflin Co., Boston, Mass. 428 p.
- Petrie, W. 1981. Guide to orchids of North America.
Hancock House, Vancouver, Br. Col. 128 p.
- Pfeiffer, N.E. 1922. Monograph of the Isoetaceae. Ann.
Missouri Bot. Gard. 9:79—232, pls.
12—19.
- Philbrick, R.N. 1958. Variation in coastal populations of
the Opuntia occidentalis complex [Cactaceae]. M.A. Thesis, Univ.
Calif., Los Angeles. 71 p.
- Phillips, P.W. 1966. Variation and hybridization in Ceanothus cuneatus and Ceanothus megacarpus [Rhamnaceae]. M.A.
Thesis, Univ. Calif., Santa Barbara. 86 p.
- Phillips, R. 1978. Trees of North America and Europe.
Random House, New York. 224 p.
- Phillips, R.C. and S.W. Echeverria. 1990. Zostera
asiatica Miki [later name for Z. pacifica S. Wats.] on the Pacific
coast of North America. Pacific Sci.
44:130—134.
- ————, and E.
G. Menez. 1988. Seagrasses. Smithsonian Contr. Marine Sci.
34:1—104. Washington, D.C. [Many ills. and maps.].
- Pickwell, G. 1948. The pines of California. Pacific
Disc. 1(6):15—21.
- Piehl, M.A. 1965. The natural history and taxonomy of
Comandra [Santalaceae]. Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 22(1):1—97.
- Pilz, G.E. 1978. Systematics of Mirabilis subgenus
Quamoclidion (Nyctaginaceae). Madro–o
25:113—132.
- Piness, G., H. Miller, and H.E. McMinn. 1926. Botanical
survey of southern California in relation to the study of allergic diseases.
Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 25:37—47.
- Pinkava, D.J., B.D. Parfitt, M.A. Baker, and R.D.
Worthington. 1992. Chromosome numbers in some cacti of western North
America--VI, with nomenclatural changes. Madro–o 39:98—113.
- Piper, C.V. 1899. A new California Parnassia [Parnassiaceae]. Erythea 7:128.
- Pitcairn, M.J. 1998. Biological control of wildland
weeds. Fremontia 26(4):59—64.
- Plumb, T.R. 1988. Response of oaks to fire, pp.
202—215. In: T.R. Plumb, technical coordinator, Ecology,
management and utilization of California oaks. USDA, Forest Serv. Pacific
Southw. Forest and Range Exp. Sta., Gen. Tech. Rep. PSW-44.
- Plummer, F.G. 1911. Chaparral - studies in the dwarf
forests, or elfin-wood of southern California. USDA, Forest Serv. Bull. 85:1—54.
- Pohl, R.W. 1978. How to know the grasses. 3rd ed. W.C.
Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. 200 p.
- ————, and
W.W. Mitchell. 1965. Cytogeography of the rhizomatous American species of
Muhlenbergia. Brittonia 17:107—112.
- Pons, A. 1981. The history of the Mediterranean
shrublands, p. 131—138. In: F. di Castri, D.W. Goodall, and
R.L. Specht, editors, Ecosystems of the world. ll. Mediterranean-type
shrublands, Elsevier Scientific, New York.
- Porter, C.L. 1943. The genus Amphipappus [Asteraceae]. Amer. J. Bot. 30:481—483.
- Porter, D.M. 1963. Fagonia [Zygophyllaceae].
Contr. Gray Herb. 192:99—135.
- ————. 1974.
The Burseraceae in North America north of Mexico. Madro–o 22:273—276.
- Porter, J.M. 1998. Aliciella, a recircumscribed
genus of Polemoniaceae. Aliso 17:25—46.
- Porter, T.C. 1881. Audibertia vaseyi n. sp.
[Lamiaceae]. Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 6:207.
- Poston, M.E. 1979. A systematic examination of the
Loasoideae (Loasaceae): a re-alignment of the genera. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ.
Calif., Los Angeles. 112 p.
- Powell, A.M. 1973. Taxonomy of Perityle section
Laphamia (Compositae-Helenieae-Peritylinae). Sida 5:61—128.
- Powell, C. 1978. The California black oak. From
saddle-soaped leather to pumpkin orange. Environm. Southw. 481:3—5.
- Powell, W.R., editor. 1974. Inventory of rare and
endangered vascular plants of California. Spec. Publ. No. l, Calif. Native
Plant Soc., Berkeley. 56 p.
- Prance, G.T., and T.S. Elias, editors. 1977. Extinction
is forever: threatened and endangered species of plants in the Americas and
their significance in ecosystems today and in the future. New York Bot. Gard.,
Bronx. 437 p.
- Prescott, G.W. 1980. How to know the aquatic plants. 2nd
ed. W.C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. 158 p.
- Preston, R.J. 1977. North American trees. 3rd ed. MIT
Press, Cambridge, Mass. 400 p.
- Prigge, B.A. 1984. Studies on Acanthothamnus,
Mortonia, and Orthosiphenia (Celastraceae). Anatomy, ecology, and
systematics. Ph.D. Thesis, Claremont Grad. School, Claremont, Calif. 136
p.
- Pringle, J.S. 1990. Taxonomic notes on western American
Gentianaceae. Sida 14:179—187.
- Pritchett, D.A. 1988. Creation, restoration, and
enhancement of vernal pools (California). Restoration and Management
Notes 5:92.
- Purer, E.A. 1936. Studies of certain coastal sand dune
plants of southern California. Ecol. Monogr.
6:1—88.
- Quehl, L. 1907. Mamillaria phelosperma Engelm.
[Cactaceae]. Monatsschr. Kakteenk. 17:67—68.
- Quick, C.R. 1938. Notes on the genus Ribes [Grossulariaceae] in California. Madro–o 4:286—290.
- Quinn, R.D. 1990. The status of walnut forests and
woodlands (Juglans californica) in southern California, p.
42—54. In: A.A. Schoenherr, editor, Endangered plant
communities of southern California. S. Calif. Bot. Spec. Publ. No. 3.
- Radloff, H.W., Jr. 1962. The taxonomy of Lactuca (Compositae) in North America north of Mexico. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Illinois.
[In: Diss. Abstr. 22:1372—1373. 1962].
- Radtke, K.W.H. 1981. The effect of fire frequencies on
species diversity, vegetative cover and floristic changes in chaparral
communities. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Berkeley.
- Rafols, E.S., and J. Kummerow. 1977. Vegetation
transects, p. 83—91. In: N.J.W. Thrower and D.E. Bradbury,
editors, Chile-California Mediterranean scrub atlas. A comparative analysis.
Dowden, Hutchinson and Ross, Stroudsburg, Pa.
- Randall, J.M., M. Rejm‡nek, and J.C. Hunter. 1998.
Characteristics of the exotic flora of California. Fremontia 26(4):3—12.
- Raven, P.H. 1962a. New combinations in Ludwigia. Kew
Bull. 15:476.
- ————. 1962b.
The typification of Zauschneria californica [Onagraceae]. Aliso 5:215—216.
- ————. 1962c.
The systematics of Oenothera subgenus Chylismia. Univ. Calif.
Publ. Bot. 34(2):123—166.
- ————. 1963.
Pulicaria hispanica (Compositae: Inuleae), a weed new to California.
Aliso 3:251—253.
- ————. 1964a.
George Barclay and the "California" portion of the Botany of the Sulphur.
Aliso 5:469—477.
- ————. 1964b.
The generic subdivision of Onagraceae, tribe Onagreae. Brittonia 16:276—288.
- ————. 1964c.
Catastrophic selection and edaphic endemism. Evolution 18:336—338.
- ————. 1966.
Native shrubs of southern California. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 132 p., 8
plates.
- ————. 1969. A
revision of the genus Camissonia (Onagraceae). Contr. U.S. Natl.
Herb. 37(5):161—396.
- ————. 1971.
The relationship between Mediterranean floras, p. 119—134.
In: P.H. Davis, P.C. Harper, and I.C. Hedge, editors, Plant life of
south-west Asia. Bot. Soc. Edinburgh, Edinburgh, Scotland.
- ————. 1973.
The evolution of Mediterranean floras, p. 213—223. In: F. di
Castri and H.A. Mooney, editors, Mediterranean ecosystems: origin and
structure. Springer-Verlag, New York.
- ————. 1977.
The California flora, p. 109—137. In: M.G. Barbour
and J. Major, editors, Terrestrial vegetation of California. John Wiley and
Sons, New York.
- ————. 1993.
Ecology and species extinction: a global perspective, p. 1—8.
In: J.E. Keeley, editor, Interface between ecology and land development
in California. S. Calif. Acad. Sci., Los Angeles.
- ————, and
D.I. Axelrod. 1974. Angiosperm biogeography and past continental movements.
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 61:539—673.
- ————, and
————. l978. Origin and
relationships of the California flora. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 72:1—134.
- ————, and
M.S. Cave. 1963. Chromosome numbers in Crossosoma [Crossosomataceae].
Madro–o 17:68.
- ————, D.W.
Kyhos, and A.J. Hill. 1965. Chromosome numbers of spermatophytes, mostly
Californian. Aliso 6:105—113.
- ————, and
D.M. Moore. 1965. A revision of Boisduvalia (Onagraceae).
Brittonia 17:238—254.
- Ray, M.F. 1987. Soliva (Asteraceae: Anthemideae)
in California. Madro–o 34:228—239.
- Ray, P.M., and H.F. Chisaki. 1957. Studies on
Amsinckia [Boraginaceae]. I. A synopsis of the genus with a study of
heterostyly in it. Amer. J. Bot. 44:529—536. II.
Relationships among the primitive species. idem
44:537—544. III. Aneuploid diversification in the
Muricatae. idem 44:545—554.
- Rechinger. K.H., Jr. 1937. The North American species of
Rumex [Polygonaceae]. Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
17(1):l—151.
- Read, E. 1983. Pollen dispersal and the pollination
ecology of Salvia carduacea Benth. (Lamiaceae). Crossosoma 9(5):1—13.
- Redtfeldt, R.A., and S.D. Davis. 1996. Physiological and
morphological evidence of niche segregation between co-occurring species of
Adenostoma in California chaparral. Ecoscience
3(3):290-296.
- Reed, C.F. 1970. Selected weeds of the United States.
USDA Agric. Handb. No. 366, Washington, D.C. 463 p.
- ————. 1977.
Economically important foreign weeds. USDA Agric. Handb. No. 498, Washington,
D.C. 746 p.
- ————, and R.
O. Hughes. 1971. Common weeds of the United States. Repr. ed. Dover Publ., New
York. 463 p.
- Reed, P.B., Jr. 1988. National list of plant species that
occur in wetlands: California (Region 0). U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv. Biol.
Rep. 88 (26.10):1—5l.
- Reeder, J.R 1965. The tribe Orcuttieae and the subtribes
of the Pappophoreae (Gramineae). Madro–o 18:18—28.
- ————. 1982.
Systematics of the tribe Orcuttieae (Gramineae) and the description of a new
segregate genus, Tuctoria. Amer. J. Bot.
69:1082—1095.
- ————, and R.
S. Felger. 1989. The Aristida californica-glabrata complex (Gramineae).
Madro–o 36:187—197.
- Rehder, A. 1940. Manual of cultivated trees and shrubs
hardy in North America. 2nd Ed. Macmillan Co., New York. 995 p.
- Reichenbacher, F. 1984. Ecology and evolution of
southwestern riparian plant communities. Desert Plants 6:15—22.
- Reid, C. and W. Oechel. 1984. Effect of shrubland
management on vegetation, p. 25-41. In: J.J. DeVries, editor,
Shrublands in California: literature review and research needed for
management. Univ. Calif., Davis, Water Resources Center, Contr. No.
191.
- Reimold, R.J., and W.H. Queen, editors. 1974. Ecology of
halophytes. Academic Press, New York.
- Rejmanek, M., and J.M. Randall. 1994. Invasive alien
plants in California: 1993 summary and comparison with other areas in North
America. Madro–o 41:161—177.
- ————, C.D.
Thomsen, and I.D. Peters. 1991. Invasive vascular plants of California, p.
81—101. In: R. H. Groves and F. di Castri, editors,
Biogeography of Mediterranean invasions. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge,
England.
- Rensselaer, M. van, and H.E. McMinn. 1942. Ceanothus
[Rhamnaceae] for gardens, parks, and roadsides; a systematic study
of the genus. 308 p.
- Reuter, G.L. 1953. A distributional and systematic study
of the Ribes sanguineum complex. M.A. Thesis, Claremont Grad. School,
Claremont, Calif. 80 p.
- Reynolds, G. 1978. Why some plants make you itch.
Fremontia 6(2):19—23.
- Reveal, J.L. 1970. Additional notes on the California
buckwheats (Eriogonum, Polygonaceae). Aliso 7:217—230.
- ————. 1978.
Distribution and phylogeny of Eriogonoideae (Polygonaceae). Great Basin
Naturalist Mem. 2:169—190.
- ————. 1989.
The eriogonoid flora of California (Polygonaceae: Eriogonoideae).
Phytologia 66:295—414.
- ————. 1993a.
Automatically typified superordinal and ordinal names for the flowering plants
(Magnoliophyta) as recognized by Thorne (1992) and arranged following the
principles of priority, autonymy, and the substitution of alternative names.
Phytologia 74:193—202.
- ————. 1993b.
A splitterÕs guide to the higher taxa of the flowering plants (Magnoliophyta)
generally arranged to follow the sequences proposed by Thorne (1992) with
certain modifications. Phytologia 74:203—263.
- ————. 1993c.
A list of validly published, automatically typified, ordinal names of vascular
plants. Taxon 42:825—844.
- ————, and
B.J. Ertter. 1976. Goodmania (Polygonaceae), a new genus from
California. Brittonia 28:427—429.
- ————, and
————. 1980. The genus
Nemacaulis Nutt. (Polygonaceae). Madro–o 27:101—109.
- Richards, S.P. 1980. The role of annual grasses in
southern California chaparral. M.S. Thesis, San Diego State Univ., San Diego,
Calif. 157 p.
- Richardson, A.T. 1977. Monograph of the genus
Tiquilia (Coldenia, sensu lato), Boraginaceae: Ehretioideae.
Rhodora 79:467—572.
- Richerson, P.J., and K.-L. Lum. 1980. Patterns of plant
species diversity in California: relation to weather and topography. Amer.
Naturalist 116:504—536.
- Rickett, H.W. 1970. Wild flowers of the United States.
Vol. 4. The southwestern states. McGraw-Hill, New York. 666 p.
- Rieseberg, L.H., and E.E. Schilling. 1985. Floral
flavonoids and ultraviolet patterns in Viguiera (Compositae). Amer.
J. Bot. 72:999—1004.
- Ripley, D. 1943. Plants of southern California and
adjacent Mexico. Alpine Garden Soc. Quart. Bull.
11:65—76.
- Robbins, G.T. 1944. North American species of
Androsace [Primulaceae]. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 32:137—163.
- ————. 1958.
Notes on the genus Nemacladus [Campanulaceae]. Aliso 4:139—147.
- Robbins, W.W. 1940. Alien plants growing without
cultivation in California. Univ. Calif., Berkeley, Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 637.
128 p.
- ————, M.K.
Bellue and W.S. Ball. 1951. Weeds of California. Calif. Dept. Food and Agric.,
Sacramento, Calif. 547 p.
- Roberts, F.M., Jr. 1986. Nomenclatural changes in "A
flora of southern California," P. A. Munz, 1974. Crossosoma 12:1—16.
- ————. 1987.
Additional nomenclatural changes and notes in "A flora of southern
California," P.A. Munz, 1974. Crossosoma 13(2):1—8.
- ————. 1995.
Illustrated guide to the oaks of the southern Californian floristic province:
the oaks of coastal southern California and northwestern Baja California,
Mexico. F. M. Roberts, Encinitas, Calif. 112 p., maps.
- Roberts, W.G., J.G. Howe, and J. Major. 1977. A survey of
riparian forest flora and fauna in California, p. 3-19. In: A. Sands,
editor, Riparian forests in California. Univ. Calif. Davis Inst. Ecol. Publ.
15.
- Robertson, G.B. 1907. Southern station for Botrychium
simplex [Ophioglossaceae]. Fern Bull. 16:35—37.
- Robichaux, R. l977. Geologic history of the riparian
forests of California, p. 21—34. In: A. Sands, editor,
Riparian forests in California, their ecology and conservation. Univ. Calif.,
Davis Inst. Ecol. Publ. 15 (Reprinted l980 as Univ. Calif. (Berkeley) Agric.
Sci. Publ. 4101.)
- Robinson, B.L. 1917. A monograph of the genus
Brickellia [Asteraceae]. Mem. Gray Herb.
1:1—151.
- Robinson, T.W. 1985. Phreatophytes. U.S. Geol. Surv.
Water Supply Pap. 1423:1—52.
- Roderick, W. 1970. Springtime on the deserts of
California. Four Seasons 3(2):13—15.
- Rodman, J.E. 1974. Systematics and evolution of the genus
Cakile (Cruciferae). Contr. Gray Herb.
205:1—146.
- Rogers, C.M. 1961. Yellow-flowered species of
linum [linaceae] in Central America and western North America.
Brittonia 20:107—135.
- ————. 1975.
Relationships of Hesperolinon and linum. Madro–o 23:153—159.
- Rogers, D.J. 1951. A revision of Stillingia [Euphorbiaceae] in the New World. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
38:207—259.
- Rogers, M. 1966. Trees of the West, identified at a
glance. Repr. ed. Ward Ritchie Press, Menlo Park, Calif. 126 p.
- Rollins, R.C. 1993. The Cruciferae of continental North
America: systematics of the mustard family from the Arctic to Panama. Stanford
Univ. Press, Stanford. 976 p.
- Romero, J.B. 1954. The botanical lore of the California
Indians. Vantage Press, New York. 82 p.
- Rominger, J.M. 1962. Taxonomy of Setaria [Poaceae]
in North America. Ill. Biol. Monogr. 29:1—132.
- Roof, J.B. 1964. Black January: the latest needless
destruction along California's sea coast. Four Seasons 1(1):2—7.
- ————. 1966.
Notes on Rhamnus californica. Calif. Hort. Soc. J.
27:99—101.
- ————. 1970.
Three native agaves. Four Seasons 3(2):6—13.
- ————. 1974. A
name change in Arctostaphylos [Ericaceae]. Four Seasons 5(1):23—24.
- ————. 1976. A
fresh approach to the genus Arctostaphylos in California. Four
Seasons 5(2):2—24.
- ————. 1978b.
Question on Comarostaphylis [Ericaceae]. Four Seasons 5(3):23—24.
- ————. 1979.
CaliforniaÕs Arctostaphylos pungens alliance (Ericaceae). Changing
Seasons 1(1):3.
- ————. 1988.
Germination studies of some Eriodictyon species [Hydrophyllaceae].
Four Seasons 8(1):19—34.
- Rose, J.N. 1891. A new Aster from California. Bot.
Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 10:113.
- Rosendahl, C.O., F.K. Butters, and O. Lakela. 1936. A
monograph on the genus Heuchera. Minn. Univ. Studies in Plant Sci.
2:l—180.
- Ross, T.S. 1996 [1998]. Encelia ÔCadiz
reveilleÕ [Asteraceae]: a natural hybrid selected for xeric southern
California gardens. Crossosoma 22(2):72—74, 76, 4
plates.
- ————, and S.
Boyd. 1996. Noteworthy collections: California [Galenia pubescens var. pubescens, Aizoaceae, Lasiospermum bipinnatum, Stylocline masonii, Asteraceae, Coronilla valentina,
Fabaceae, Geranium rotundifolium, and Scrophularia
peregrina]. Madro–o 43:432—436.
- Rossbach, R.B. 1940. Spergularia [Caryophyllaceae]
in North and South America. Rhodora 42:57—83,
105—143, 158—193, 203—213.
- Rothrock, J.T. 1876. "Chia". [Salvia, Lamiaceae].
Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) l:17.
- Rowlands, P.G. 1972. Relationships among the south-slope
shrub communities of cis-montane southern California. M.A. Thesis, California
State Univ., Fullerton. 46 p.
- ————. 1978.
The vegetation dynamics of the Joshua Tree (Yucca brevifolia Engelm.)
[Agavaceae] in the southwestern United State of America. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ.
Calif., Riverside. 192 p.
- Rowntree, L. 1936. Hardy Californians. Macmillan Co., New
York. 255 p.
- ————. 1939.
Flowering shrubs of California and their value to the gardener. Stanford Univ.
Press, Stanford, Calif. 329 p.
- ————. 1941.
The desert lily [Hesperocallis, Hesperocallidaceae]. Herbertia 8:149—51.
- ————. 1946.
The western Penstemons. Wild Flower 22:27—1.
- ————. 1949.
Plants of the chaparral. Nature 42:421—424.
- Rubtzoff, P. 1969. Notes on Callitriche in western
North America. Wasmann J. Biol. 27:103—114.
- Rudall, P., P.J. Cribb, D.F. Cutler, and C.J. Humphries,
editors. 1995. Monocotyledons: systematics and evolution. 2 vols. Roy. Bot.
Gard., Kew.
- Ruffin, J. 1974. A taxonomic re-evaluation of the genera
Amphiachyris, Amphipappus, Greenella, Gutierrezia,
Gymnosperma, Thurovia, and Xanthocephalum (Compositae). Sida 5:301—333.
- Rundel, P.W. 1986. Structure and function in California
chaparral. Fremontia 14(3):3—10.
- ————. 1996.
Monocotyledonous geophytes in the California flora. Madro–o 43:355—368.
- ————, and
J.L. Vankat. 1989. Chaparral communities and ecosystems, p.
127—139. In: S.C. Keeley, editor, California
chaparral: paradigms re-examined. Nat. Hist. Mus. Los Angeles Co., Los
Angeles, Sci. Ser. No. 34.
- Rutherford, R.J. 1966. The biology of Pilostyles
thurberi Gray [Rafflesiaceae]. Ph.D. Thesis, Claremont Grad. School,
Claremont, Calif.
- ————. 1970.
The anatomy and cytology of Pilostyles thurberi Gray (Rafflesiaceae).
Aliso 7:263—288.
- Sampson, A.W., A. Chase, and D.W. Hedrick. 1951.
California grasslands and range forage grasses. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta., Univ.
Calif. Coll. Agric. Bull. 724:1—131.
- ————, and
B.S. Jespersen. 1963. California range brushlands and browse plants. Univ.
Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Man. 33. 162 p.
- ————, and
H.E. Malmsten. 1942. stock-poisoning plants of California. Calif. Agric. Exp.
Sta. Bull. No. 593. 90 p.
- Sanders, A.C. 1996. Noteworthy collections: southern
California. Madro–o 43(4):524—532.
- ————. 1997.
Noteworthy collections: southern California [Euphorbia spp].
Madro–o 44:203—206.
- ————. 1997.
Noteworthy collections: southern California [Gaura, Crepis]. Madro–o
44(3):306-307.
- ————, D.L.
Banks, and S. Boyd. 1997. Rediscovery of Hemizonia mohavensis (Asteraceae) and addition of two new localities. Madro–o 44(2):197—200.
- ————, and S.
Boyd. 1996. Noteworthy collection of Brassica fruticulosa (Brassicaceae) from California. Madro–o 43(4):523—524.
- Sands, A. (ed.). 1977. Riparian forests in
California--ecology and conservation. Univ. Calif. Davis Inst. Ecol. Publ.
15:l—122.
- Sankary, M.N. 1971. Comparative plant ecology of two
Mediterranean-type arid areas, in Syria and California, with emphasis on the
autoecology of twenty dominant species. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Davis. 516
p.
- Sargent, C.S. 1897. The silva of North America. Houghton,
Mifflin and Co., Boston, Mass.
- ————. 1905.
Manual of the trees of North America. 2 vols. Repr. ed. Dover Publ., New York.
934 p.
- Sauer, J.D. 1955. Revision of the dioecious amaranths
[Amaranthaceae]. Madro–o 13:5—46.
- ————. 1988.
Plant migration: the dynamics of geographic patterning in seed plant species.
Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley, Calif. 282 p.
- Saunders, C.F. 1908. Rediscovery of Cheilanthes
parishii [Adiantaceae]. Fern Bull. 16:35—37.
- ————. 1913.
In the home of the fan palm. Amer. Botanist 19:1—5.
- ————. 1916.
The Tecate cypress. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 15:18—21.
- Sawyer, J.O., and T. Keeler-Wolf. 1995. A manual of
California vegetation. Calif. Native Plant Soc., Sacramento, Calif. 471 p., 32
plates.
- ————, D.A.
Thornburgh, and J.R. Griffin. 1977. Mixed evergreen forest, p.
359—381. In: M.G. Barbour and J. Major, editors, Terrestrial
vegetation of California. John Wiley and Sons, New York.
- Schierenbeck, K.A., K.G. Gallager, and J.N. Holt. 1998.
The genetics and demography of invasive plant species. Fremontia
26(4):19—23.
- Schilling, E.E. 1981. Systematics of Solanum section Solanum (Solanaceae) in North America. Syst. Bot.
6:172—185.
- ————. 1990.
taxonomic revision of Viguiera subg. Bahiopsis (Asteraceae:
Heliantheae). Madro–o 37:149—170.
- Schlesinger, W.H., J.T. Gray, D.S. Gill, and B.E. Mahall.
1982. Ceanothus megacarpus chaparral: a synthesis of ecosystem
processes during development and annual growth. Bot. Rev.
(Lancaster) 48:71—117.
- Schlising, R. (no date). Selected California floras and
checklists. Dept. Biol. Sci., Calif. State Univ., Chico, Calif. 11 p.
- Schmutz, E.M., and L.B. Hamilton. 1979. Plants that
poison. An illustrated guide for the American Southwest. Northland Press,
Flagstaff, Ariz. 241 p.
- Schneider, A. 1906. The medicinal plants of the
California Indians. Merck's Report 15:63—66,
95—96, 127—128.
- ————. 1912.
Pharmacal plants and their culture. Calif. State Board of Forest. Bull. No.
2.
- Schneider, C.L. 1949. Natural establishment of
Eucalyptus [Myrtaceae] in California. Madro–o 10:31—32.
- Schoenherr, A.A., editor. 1990. Endangered plant
communities of southern California. S. Calif. Bot., Rancho Santa Ana Bot.
Gard., Claremont, Calif. 114 p.
- ————. 1992. A
natural history of California. Univ. Calif. Press, Los Angeles. 772 p.
- Schofield, W. B. 1969. Phytogeography of northwestern
North America: bryophytes and vascular plants. Madro–o 20:155—207.
- Schopmeyer, C.S. 1974. Seeds of woody plants in the
United States. USDA, Forest Serv. Agric. Handb. 450.
- Schreiber, B.O. 1939. The genus Helianthemum [Cistaceae] in California. Madro–o 5:81—85.
- Schulman, E. 1947. Tree-ring hydrology in southern
California. Univ. Arizona, Lab. of Tree-Ring Res., Bull. No. 4. 36 p.
- Schussler, C.F. 1970. Studies on the hybridization,
competition, and community ecology of a coastal Opuntia complex in
southern California. Ph.D. Thesis. Univ. Calif., Irvine. 224 p.
- Schwenkmeyher, D. 1986. The palm oasis: our tropical
vestige. Environm. Southw. No. 514:18—23.
- Scott, T.A. 1990. Conserving California's rarest white
oak: the Engelmann oak. Fremontia 18(3):26—29.
- ————. 1991.
The distribution of Engelmann oak (Quercus engelmannii) in California,
p. 351—359. In: R. Standiford, technical coordinator,
Proceedings of a. symposium on oak woodlands and hardwood rangeland
management. USDA, Forest Serv. Gen. Tech. Rep. PSW-126, Pacific Southw. Forest
and Range Exp. Sta., Berkeley, Calif.
- Scully, V. 1970. A treasury of American Indian herbs:
their lore and their use for food, drugs, and medicine. Crown Publ., New York.
306 p.
- Searsy, K.B. 1969. Variation in Cercocarpus in
southern California. New Phytologist 68:829—839.
- Seavey, S.R., R.E. Magill, and P.H. Raven. 1977.
Evolution of seed size, shape and surface architecture in the tribe Epilobieae
(Onagraceae) [inclusion of Zauschneria in Epilobium]. Ann.
Missouri Bot. Gard. 64:18—47.
- ————, P.
Wright, and P.H. Raven. 1977. A comparison of Epilobium minutum and
E. foliosum (Onagraceae). Madro–o 24:6—12.
- Setchell, W.A. 1935. Pacific insular floras and Pacific
paleogeography. Am. Naturalist 69: 289—310.
- ————. 1946.
The genus Ruppia [Ruppiaceae] IV. Proc. Calif. Acad.
25:469—478.
- Shaffer-Fehre, M. 1991. The position of Najas within the subclass Alismatidae (Monocotyledones) in the light of new evidence
from seed coat structures in the Hydrocharitoideae (Hydrocharitales)
[Alismatales]. J. linn. Soc., Bot.
107:189—209.
- Shan, R.H., and L. Constance. 1951. The genus
Sanicula [Apiaceae] in the Old World and New. Univ. Calif. Publ.
Bot. 25:1—78.
- Shantz, H.L., and R.L. Piemeisel. 1924. Indicator
significance of the natural vegetation of the southwestern desert regions.
J. Agric. Res. 28:721—801.
- ————, and R.
Zon. 1924. Natural vegetation. Atlas of American Agriculture, Part l, Section
E (map). USDA, Washington, D.C.
- Sharsmith, H.F. 1961. The genus Hesperolinon (linaceae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot.
32:235—314.
- Sharsmith, H.K. 1938. The native Californian species of
the genus Coreopsis [Asteraceae]. Madro–o 4:209—231.
- Shaw, G.R. 1914. The genus Pinus. Arnold Arbor.
Publ. 5:1—96.
- Shaw, R.J. 1962. The biosystematics of the genus
Scrophularia in western North America. Aliso 5:147—178.
- Shelford, V.E., and F. Shreve, editors. 1926.
Naturalist's guide to the Americas. Williams and Wilkins Co., Baltimore, Md.
761 p.
- Sherbrooke, W.C. 1978. Jojoba [Simmondsia
chinensis, Simmondsiaceae]--a Sonoran desert shrub. Pacific Disc. 31(2):22—29.
- Sherff, E.E. 1920. North American species of
Taraxacum [Asteraceae]. Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville)
70:329—359.
- ————. 1936.
Revision of the genus Coreopsis [Asteraceae]. Field Mus. Nat. Hist.
Bot. 11:279—460.
- ————. 1937.
The genus Bidens [Asteraceae]. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot.
16:1—648.
- Shetler, E. R. 1965. Floras of the United States, Canada,
and Greenland. A selected bibliography with annotations. Dept. Bot.,
Smithsonian Inst., Washington, D.C 10 p.
- Shevock, J.R. 1984. Redescription and distribution of
Muilla coronata (liliaceae) [Themidaceae]. Aliso 10:621—627.
- ————, and
L.L. Norris. 1981. The mountain parsleys [Oreonana, Apiaceae] of
California. Fremontia 9(3):22—25.
- Shields, L.M., and L.J. Gardner. 1961. Bioecology of the
arid and semiarid lands of the Southwest. New Mex. Highlands Univ.
Bull. 212:1—69.
- Shinn, C.H. 1931. LetÕs know some trees. Brief
descriptions of some California trees. USDA Misc. Circ. No. 31. 38 p.
- Shinners, L.H. 1949. Reduction of Franseria to
Ambrosia [Asteraceae]. Field and Lab. 17:173.
- ————. 1953.
Synopsis of the United States species of Lythrum (Lythraceae). Field and Lab. 21:80—89.
- Shmida, A. 1981. Mediterranean vegetation in California
and Israel: similarities and differences. Israel J. Bot.
30:105—123.
- ————, and M.
Barbour. 1982. A comparison of two types of Mediterranean scrub in Israel and
California, p. 100—106. In: C.E. Conrad and W.C. Oechel,
editors, Proceedings of the symposium on dynamics and management of
Mediterranean-type ecosystems. USDA, Forest Serv., Pacific Southw. Forest and
Range Exp. Sta., Gen. Tech. Rep. PSW-58.
- ————, and
R.H. Whittaker. 1979. Convergent evolution of arid regions in the New and Old
worlds, p. 437-450. In: R. Tuxen, editor, Vegetation and history.
Berichte der Internationalen der Symposien Internationalen Vereinigung fur
Vegetationskunde. J. Cramer, Vaduz, liechtenstein.
- ————, and
————. 1981. Pattern and biological
microsite effects in two shrub communities, southern California.
Ecology 62:234—251.
- ————, and
————. 1984. Convergence and
non-convergence of Mediterranean type communities in the Old and the New
World, p. 5—11. In: N.S. Margaris, M. Arianmoustou-Faraggitaki, and
W.C. Oechel, editors, Being alive on land. Dr. W. Junk, The Hague, The
Netherlands.
- Shreve, F. 1916. Excursion impressions. Trans. San
Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 2:79—83.
- ————. 1917. A
map of the vegetation of the United States. Geogr. Rev.
3:119—125.
- ————. 1925.
Ecological aspects of the deserts of California. Ecology 6:93—103.
- ————. 1929.
Changes in desert vegetation. Ecology
10:364—373.
- ————. 1936.
The plant life of the Sonoran Desert. Sci. Monthly 42:195—213.
- ————. 1942.
The desert vegetation of North America. Bot. Rev. (Lancaster)
8:195—246.
- ————. 1951.
Vegetation of the Sonoran Desert. Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash. 591:1—192.
- ————, and
A.L. Hinckley. 1937. Thirty years of change in desert vegetation. Ecology
18:463—478.
- ————, and
I.L. Wiggins. 1964. Vegetation and flora of the Sonoran Desert, 2 vols.
Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, Calif.
- Sieren, D.J. 1981. The taxonomy of the genus
Euthamia [Asteraceae]. Rhodora 83:551—579.
- Sigg, J. 1987. Ecology and horticulture of California
pines. Fremontia 15(1):17—26.
- Simpson, B.B., and J.L. Neff. 1987. Pollination ecology
in the arid Southwest. Aliso 11:417—440.
- Sims, P.L. 1988. Grasslands, p. 265—286.
In: M.G. Barbour and W.D. Billings, editors, North American
terrestrial vegetation. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, England.
- Skinner, M.W., and B.M. Pavlik, editors. 1994. Inventory
of rare and endangered plants of California. 5th ed. Calif. Native Plant Soc.
Spec. Publ. l, Sacramento. 336 p.
- ————, D.P.
Tibor, R.L. Bittman, B. Ertter, T.S. Ross, S. Boyd, A.C. Sanders, J.R.
Shevock, and D.W. Taylor. 1995. Research needs for conserving California's
rare plants. Madro–o 42:211—241.
- Smith, A.R. 1974. Taxonomic and cytological notes on
ferns from California and Arizona. Madro–o 22:376—378.
- ————. 1975.
The California species of Aspidotis [Adiantaceae]. Madro–o
23:15—24.
- Smith, E. 1930. West coast trees of valley and foothill.
W. Nat. Study 1:200—220.
- Smith, G.B. 1973. A biosystematic study of the mission
cactus Opuntia ficus-indica (L.) Miller occurring in southern
California. M.A. Thesis, Calif. State Univ., Fullerton. 103 p.
- ————. 1984.
Distribution patterns of native prickly pear cactus (Opuntia) in
cismontane southern California. Crossosoma 10(2):1—10.
- Smith, G.L. 1963. Thorns and prickles and barbs.
Pacific Disc. 16(3):2—9.
- ————. 1989.
John Thomas Howell: peripatetic botanist. Fremontia 17(1):17—19.
- ————, and
A.M. Noldeke. 1958. A statistical report on a California flora. Leafl. W.
Bot. 9:117—123.
- Smith, J.P., Jr. 1973. California's "Borgia plants".
Fremontia 1(3):3—7.
- ————. 1981. A
key to the genera of grasses of the conterminous United States. 6th ed. Mad
River Press, Eureka, Calif. 81 p.
- ————. 1982.
Some wild edible plants of California. Dept. Biol. Sci., Humboldt State Univ.,
Arcata, Calif. 10 p.
- ————. 1985a.
A provisional checklist of the Gramineae of California. Humboldt State Univ.
Herb. checklist, Arcata, Calif. 19 p.
- ————. 1985b.
California vascular plants--literature on their identification and uses. 7th
ed. Humboldt State Univ., Arcata, Calif., Herb. Misc. Publ. No. l. 75
p.
- ————, and K.
Berg, editors. 1988. Inventory of rare and endangered vascular plants of
California. 4th ed. Calif. Native Plant Soc., Sacramento. 168 p.
- ————, and R.
York, editors. 1984. Inventory of rare and endangered vascular plants of
California. 3rd ed. Calif. Native Plant Soc., Sacramento. 174 p.
- Smith, L.M. 1978. Two desert botanists. I. Edmund C.
Jaeger, dean of the American desert. Fremontia
6(3):21—24.
- Smith, N.L. 1983. Polyploidy in the genus Clarkia:
its genetic, ecological, and developmental significance. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ.
Calif., Riverside. 132 p.
- Smith, R.L. 1980. Alluvial scrub vegetation of the San
Gabriel River floodplain, California. Madro–o 27:126—138.
- Smith, S.G. 1967. Experimental and natural hybrids in
North American Typha (Typhaceae). Amer. Midl. Naturalist 78:257—287.
- Smith, S.R. 1957. Evolution in Clarkia dudleyana.
Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Los Angeles 122 p.
- Smithsonian Institution. 1974. Report on endangered and
threatened plant species of the United States. Presented to the Congress of
the United States of America by the Secretary, Smithsonian Inst., Washington,
D.C. 200 p.
- Smock, J.C. 1914. An afforestation scheme for southern
California. Proc. Soc. Amer. Forest.
9:504—511.
- Snogerup, S. 1993. A revision of Juncus subgenus
Juncus (Juncaceae). Willdenowia 23:23—73.
- Snow, N., and G. Davidse. 1993. Leptochloa
mucronata (Michx.) Kunth is the correct name for Leptochloa
filiformis (Poaceae). Taxon 42:413—417.
- Society of American Foresters (1954) 1962. Forest cover
types of North America. [exclusive of Mexico]. Soc. Amer. Forest., Washington,
D.C. 66 p.
- Solbrig, O.T. 1965. The California species of
Gutierrezia (Compositae: Astereae). Madro–o 18:75—84.
- ————. l972.
New approaches to the study of disjunctions with special emphasis on the
American amphitropical desert disjunctions, p. 85—100. In:
D.H. Valentine, editor, Taxonomy, phytogeography and evolution. Academic
Press, London.
- ————, M.L.
Cody, E.R. Fuentes, W. Glanz, J.H. Hunt, and A.R. Moldenke. 1977. The origin
of the biota, p. 12—26. In: H.A. Mooney, editor, Convergent
evolution in Chile and California Mediterranean climate ecosystems. Dowden,
Hutchinson and Ross, Stroudsburg, Pa.
- Southern California Botanists Board of Directors. 1997
[1998]. Review of the Southern California Botanists 1996 Symposium, "A new
flora for southern California". Crossosoma 23(1):1—2.
- Spalding, W.A. 1932. Dr. Anstruther Davidson. Bull. S.
Calif. Acad. Sci. 31:19.
- Sparkman, P.S. 1908. The culture of the Luise–o Indians.
Univ. Calif. Publ. Amer. Archaeol. and Ethnol. 8:187—234.
- Specht, R.L. 1969. A comparison of the sclerophyllous
vegetation characteristics of Mediterranean type climate in France, California
and southern Australia. I. Structure, morphology, and succession. Austral.
J. Bot. 17:277—292.
- ————, editor,
1979. Ecosystems of the world 9A. Heathlands and related shrublands:
descriptive studies. Elsevier Sci., New York. 497 p.
- ————, editor.
1988. Mediterranean-type ecosystems: data source book. Kluwer Acad. Publ.,
Boston. 248 p.
- Spellenberg, R. 1979. The Audubon Society field guide to
North American wildflowers&endash;western region. Alfred Knopf, New York.
862 p.
- Speth, J.W. 1969. Status report on the coastal wetlands
of southern California as of February l, l969. Calif. Dept. Fish and Game. 29
p.
- Spjut, R.W. 1994. A systematic treatment of fruit types.
Mem. New York Bot. Gard., Bronx, New York. 181 p., 53 figs., key to fruit
types.
- Sprague, E.F. 1959. Ecological life history of California
species of Pedicularis [Scrophulariaceae]. Ph.D. Thesis, Claremont
Grad. School, Claremont, Calif. 193 p.
- ————. 1962a.
Parasitism in Pedicularis. Madro–o 16:192—200.
- ————. 1962b.
Pollination and evolution in Pedicularis (Scrophulariaceae).
Aliso 5:181—209.
- St. John, H. 1962. Monograph of the genus Elodea
[Hydrocharitaceae]. Part I. Western North America. Res. Studies
Wash. State Univ. 30:19—44.
- Standiford, R.B., editor. 1991. Proceedings of the
symposium on oak woodlands and hardwood rangeland management. USDA, Forest
Serv., Pacific Southw. Res. Sta. 376 p.
- Standley, P.C. 1914a. A new Amelanchier [Rosaceae]
from southern California. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 27:167—168.
- ————. 1914b.
The genus Arthrocnemum [Chenopodiaceae] in North America. J. Wash.
Acad. Sci. 4:398—399.
- Stebbins, G.L., Jr. 1930. A revision of some North
American species of Calamagrostis [Poaceae]. Rhodora
32:35—57.
- ————. 1938.
The western American species of Paeonia [Paeoniaceae]. Madro–o 4:252—260.
- ————. 1942.
The genetic approach to problems of rare and endemic species. Madro–o 6:241—258.
- ————. 1950.
Variation and evolution in plants. Columbia Univ. Press, New York.
- ————. 1952.
Aridity as a stimulus to plant evolution. Amer. Naturalist 86:33—44.
- ————. 1965.
Colonizing species of the native California flora, p. 173—195. In: H.G. Baker and G.L. Stebbins, editors, The genetics of colonizing
species. Acad. Press, New York.
- ————. 1972a.
Ecological distribution of centers of major radiation in angiosperms, p.
7—34. In: D.H. Valentine, editor, Taxonomy, phytogeography
and evolution. Academic Press, New York.
- ————. 1972b.
Evolution and diversity of arid land shrubs. In: C. McKell, J.
Blaisdell and J. Goodin, editors, Wildland shrubs - their biology and
utilization. USDA, Forest Serv. Gen. Tech. Rep. INT-1. Intermountain Forest
and Range Exp. Sta., USFS, Ogden, Utah.
- ————. 1974.
Flowering plants - evolution above the species level. Belknap Press of Harvard
Univ. Press, Cambridge, Mass. 399 p.
- ————. 1978.
Why are there so many rare plants in California? Fremontia 5(4):6—10; 6(1):17—20.
- ————. 1982.
Perspectives in evolutionary theory. Evolution 36:1109—1118.
- ————. 1984.
Mosaic evolution, mosaic selection and angiosperm phylogeny. J. linn.
Soc. Bot. 88:149—164.
- ————. 1993.
Cooperation in conservation of CaliforniaÕs rare habitats and species, p.
11—16. In: J.E. Keeley, editor, Interface between
ecology and land development in California. S. Calif. Acad. Sci., Los
Angeles.
- ————, and
R.M. Love. 1941. An undescribed species of Stipa [Nassella
cernua, Poaceae] from California. Madro–o 6:137—141.
- ————, and J.
Major. 1965. Endemism and speciation in the California flora. Ecol.
Monogr. 35:1—35.
- ————, and
E.F. Paddock. 1949. The Solanum nigrum complex in Pacific North
America. Madro–o 10:70—81.
- Steele, K.P. 1986. Systematic investigation of the
capitate gilia [Polemoniaceae]. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Santa Barbara. 345
p.
- Steinmann, V.W., and R.S. Felger. 1995. New combinations
for Euphorbia and Ditaxis (Euphorbiaceae) in northwestern Mexico
and southwestern United States. Madro–o 42:
455—457.
- Steppan, S.J. 1991. Geographic distribution of flower
morphological traits in subspecies of Lotus scoparius [Fabaceae]. J.
Biogeography 18:321—331.
- Stern, K.R. 1961. Revision of Dicentra
[Fumarioideae, Papaveraceae]. Brittonia 13:1—57.
- Stevens, J.S. 1905. life areas of California. Trans.
San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 1:1—25.
- Stewart, M.G. 1934. A revision of the Heuchera
rubescens group (Saxifragaceae) for the United States. Bull. S. Calif.
Acad. Sci. 33:42—49.
- Steyermark, J.A. 1932. Revision of the genus
Menodora [Oleaceae]. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
19:87—176.
- ————. 1934. A
monograph of the North American species of the genus Grindelia [Asteraceae]. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
21:433—608.
- Stockhouse, R.E., II, and H. Wells. 1975. Pollination
ecology of Chlorogalum pomeridianum (D.C.) Kunth (liliaceae). Bull.
S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 77:124—129.
- Stocking, K.M. 1955. Some taxonomic and ecological
considerations of the genus Marah (Cucurbitaceae). Madro–o 13:113—137.
- Stockwell, P. 1940. A revision of the genus
Chaenactis [Asteraceae]. Contr. Dudley Herb.
3:89—168.
- Stokes, S.G. 1936. The genus Eriogonum [Polygonaceae]: a preliminary study based on geographical distribution. 124
p.
- ————. 1937.
Further studies in Eriogonum--I. Leafl. W. Bot.
2:45—48; II. idem 2:52—53; IV.
idem 3:15—18.
- Stone, R.D. 1990. CaliforniaÕs endemic vernal pool
plants: some factors influencing their rarity and endangerment, p.
89—108. In: D.H. Ikeda and R.A. Schlising, editors, Vernal
pool plants: their habitat and biology. Calif. State Univ., Chico, Studies
from the Herbarium No. 8.
- Stratman, M. A. 1935. A key to the Pteridophyta, the
Gymnospermae, and the Monocotyledoneae of the state of California. Catholic
Univ. Amer., Biol. Ser. No. 19. 133 p.
- Straw, R.M. 1955. Hybridization, homogamy and sympatric
speciation. Evolution 9:441—444.
- ————. 1956.
Floral isolation in Penstemon. Amer. Naturalist 90:47—63.
- ————. 1967.
Keckiella: new name for Keckia Straw (Scrophulariaceae).
Brittonia 19:203—204.
- Strother, J.L. 1969. Systematics of Dyssodia Cavanilles (Compositae: Tageteae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot.
48:1—88.
- ————. 1974.
Taxonomy of Tetradymia (Compositae: Senecioneae). Brittonia 26:177—202.
- ————. 1997.
Synoptical keys to genera of Californian composites. Madro–o 44:1—28.
- ————, and G.
Pilz. 1975. Taxonomy of Psathyrotes (Compositae: Senecioneae).
Madro–o 23:24—40.
- Stubbendieck, J., S.L. Hatch, and K.J. Kjar. 1982. North
American range plants. 2nd ed. Univ. Nebraska Press, lincoln. 464 p.
- Stuhr, E.T. 1933. Manual of Pacific Coast drug plants.
Science Press Print. Co., Lancaster, Pa. 189 p.
- Stutz, H.C, and L.K. Thomas. 1964. Hybridization and
introgression in Cowania and Purshia. Evolution 18:183—195.
- Sudworth, G.B. 1891. Prunus ilicifolia var. occidentalis [Rosaceae]. Gard. and Forest 4:39.
- ————. 1908.
Forest trees of the Pacific Slope. USDA, Forest Serv. Gov. Print. Off.,
Washington, D.C. 441 p.
- Suksdorf, W.S. 1908. Zwei neue kalifornische pflzanzen.
W. Amer. Sci. 12:54—55.
- Svenson, H.K. 1944. Synopsis of New World species of
Azolla [Azollaceae]. Amer. Fern J.
34:69—84.
- Swallen, J.R. 1927. The grasses of California, p.
105—108. In: Explorations and field-work of the
Smithsonian Institution in 1927.
- Swanson, C.J. 1967. The ecology and distribution of
Juglans californica in southern California. M.A. Thesis, Calif. State
Univ. Los Angeles. 115 p.
- Swanson, J.R. 1966. A synopsis of relationships in
Montioideae (Portulacaceae). Brittonia
18:229—241.
- Sweet, M. 1976. Common edible and useful plants of the
West. Naturegraph Publ., Healdsburg, Calif. 64 p.
- Takhtajan, A. 1986. Floristic regions of the world. Univ.
Calif. Press, Berkeley, Calif. 522 p.
- ————. 1997.
Diversity and classification of flowering plants. Columbia Univ. Press, New
York. 643 p.
- Tanowitz, B.D. 1982. Taxonomy of Hemizonia sect.
Madiomeris (Asteraceae: Madiinae). Syst. Bot.
7:314—339.
- ————. 1985.
Systematic studies in Hemizonia (Asteraceae: Madiinae): hybridization
of H. fasciculata with H. clementina and H. minthornii.
Syst. Bot. 10:110—118.
- Taylor, M.S. 1983. California floristic bibliography.
Flora Buttensis 4(2 and 3):l—265.
- Taylor, N.P. 1985. The genus Echinocereus [Cactaceae]. Timber Press, Portland, Oreg. 160 p., 12 color plates.
- Taylor, P. 1955. The genus Anagallis [including
Centunculus] in tropical and South Africa. Kew Bull.
10(3):321—350.
- ————. 1989.
The genus Utricularia [Lentibulariaceae]. Kew Bull. add. ser.
14. HMSO, London: 724 p.
- Taylor, R.J. 1998. Desert wildflowers of North America.
Mountain Press Publ. Co., Missoula, Mont. 348 p.
- Taylor, R.L. 1965. The genus lithophragma [Saxifragaceae]. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 37:1—122.
- Templeton, B.C. 1962. A morphological comparison of
Pholisma arenarium Nuttall and Pholisma paniculatum Templeton
(Lennoaceae). Los Angeles Co. Mus. Contr. Sci.
57:1—29.
- Thackery, F.A. 1953. Sand food [Pholisma sonorae, Lennoaceae] of the Papagos. Desert Mag. 16(4):22—24.
- Tharp, B.C., and M.C. Johnston. 1961. Recharacterization
of Dichondra (Convolvulaceae) and a revision of the North American
species. Brittonia 13:346—360.
- Theobald, W.L. 1966. Lomatium
dasycarpum-mohavense-foeniculaceum complex [Apiaceae]. Brittonia
18:1—18.
- Thomas, J.H. 1956. A review of Calyptridium parryi [Portulacaceae]. Leafl. W. Bot. 8:9—11.
- ————. 1975.
California floristic works. Stanford Univ., Stanford, Calif. 8 p.
- Thompson, D.M. 1988. Systematics of Antirrhinum (Scrophulariaceae) in the New World. Amer. Soc. Pl. Tax. Syst. Bot.
Monogr. 22:1—142.
- Thompson, H.J. 1953. The biosystematics of
Dodecatheon [Primulaceae]. Contr. Dudley Herb.
4(5):73—154.
- ————. 1963,
Cytotaxonomic observations on Mentzelia, sect. Bartonia (Loasaceae) Madro–o 17:16—22.
- ————, and
W.R. Ernst. 1967. Floral biology and systematics of Eucnide
(Loasaceae). J. Arnold Arbor. 48:56—76.
- ————, and J.
Roberts. 1971. Observations on Mentzelia in southern California.
Phytologia 21:279—288.
- Thompson, P.H. 1993. Dudleya and
Hasseanthus [Crassulaceae] handbook. Bonsall Publ., Calif. 248 p.,
illus.
- Thomson, W.A.R. 1978. Medicines from the earth: a guide
to healing plants. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York. 208 p.
- Thorne, R.F. 1976. The vascular plant communities of
California, p. 1—31. In: June Latting, editor, Plant
communities of southern California. Calif. Native Plant Soc. Spec. Publ. 2,
Riverside.
- ————. 1977.
Montane and subalpine forests of the Transverse and Peninsular ranges, p.
538—557. In: M.G. Barbour and J. Major, editors,
Terrestrial vegetation of California. John Wiley and Sons, New York.
- ————. 1978.
New subspecific combinations for southern California plants. Aliso 9(2):189—196.
- ————. 1982.
The desert and other transmontane plant communities of southern California.
Aliso 10(2):219—157.
- ————. 1986. A
historical sketch of the vegetation of the Mojave and Colorado deserts of the
American Southwest. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 73:642—651.
- ————. 1988.
Plant communities of southern California deserts, p. 105—123.
In: R.G. Zahary, editor, Desert Ecology 1986: A Research Symposium. S.
Calif. Acad. Sci. and S. Calif. Desert Studies Consortium, Los Angeles.
- ————. 1992.
Classification and geography of the flowering plants. Bot. Rev. (Lancaster) 58:225—348.
- ————. 1993.
Phytogeography, p. 132—153. In: Flora of North America 1:
(Introduction). Flora N. Amer. Edit. Comm., New York.
- ————. 1998.
An updated classification of the Monocotyledoneae. Poster abstr. and poster at
Monocots II, Univ. New S. Wales, Sydney, Australia, 2 Oct. 1998.
- ————, and R.
Scogin. 1978. Forsellesia Green (Glossopetalon Gray), a third
genus in the Crossosomataceae, Rosineae, Rosales. Aliso 9:171—178.
- Thrower, N.J.W., and D.E. Bradbury, editors. 1977.
Chile-California Mediterranean scrub atlas. A comparative analysis. Dowden,
Hutchinson and Ross, Stroudsburg, Pa. 237 p.
- Thurston, C. 1936. Wildflowers of southern California;
and easy key to the names of flowers, ferns, and trees. Esto Publ. Co.,
Pasadena, Calif. 412 p., illus.
- Tidestrom, I., and T. Kittell. 194l. A flora of Arizona
and New Mexico. Catholic Univ. of Amer. Press, Washington, D.C. 897 p.
- Tillett, S.S. 1967. The maritime species of Abronia
(Nyctaginaceae) Brittonia 19:299—327.
- Timbrook, S. 1986. Segregation of Loeseliastrum
from Langloisia (Polemoniaceae). Madro–o 33:157—174.
- Tomb, A.S. 1972a. Taxonomy of Chaetadelpha
(Compositae: Cichorieae). Madro–o 21:459—462.
- ————. 1972b.
Re-establishment of the genus Prenanthella Rydb. (Compositae:
Cichorieae). Brittonia 24:223—228.
- ————. 1974.
Chromosome numbers and generic relationships in subtribe Stephanomeriinae
(Compositae: Cichorieae). Brittonia 26:203—216.
- Torrey Botanical Club. 1969. Index to American botanical
literature: 1886—1966. 4 vols. G.K. Hall, Boston, Mass.
- ————. 1977.
Index to American botanical literature: 1967-1976. G.K. Hall, Boston, Mass.
740 p.
- Torrey, J. 1856. Descriptions of plants collected along
the route by W.P. Blake and at the mouth of the Gila. Pacific R.R. Rep.
5:359—370, t. 1—10.
- ————. 1859.
U.S.-Mexican boundary survey. Botany of the boundary, Vol. 2, Part 1, edited
by W.H. Emory, Washington, D.C.: C. Wendell.
- ————, and
J.C. Fremont. 1845. Descriptions of some new genera and species of plants,
collected in Captain J.C. Fremont's exploring expedition to Oregon and north
California, in the years 1843-44. In: J.C. Fremont. 1845. Report
of U.S. 28th Congr. 2nd Sess., Senate Doc. 11: No. 174. Append. C:
311—319, 4 plates.
- Trelease, W. 1890. A new Epilobium [Onagraceae]. Zoe 1:210—211.
- Trimble, S. 1989. The sagebrush ocean: a natural history
of the Great Basin. Univ. Nevada Press, Reno. 248 p., 32 color plates.
- Troeger, A.R. 1983. Changes in small-scale spacial
patterning and diversity with age in Californian coastal sage scrub. M.A.
Thesis, Univ. Calif., Los Angeles. 64 p.
- Troyer, C.L.A. 1985. Morphological evidence for
hybridization between Encelia farinosa Gray ex Torr. and E.
californica Nutt. (Asteraceae). Crossosoma
11(4):1—14; 1l(6):1—6.
- Tryon, A.F. 1957. A revision of the fern genus
Pellaea section Pellaea [Adiantaceae]. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 44:125—193.
- Tryon, R.M. 1955. Selaginella rupestris and its
allies. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 42:1—99.
- ————. 1956. A
revision of the American species of Notholaena [Adiantaceae]. Contr.
Gray Herb. 179:1—106.
- Tucker. J.M. 1983. California's native oaks.
Fremontia 11(3):3—12.
- ————. 1952.
Taxonomic interrelationships in the Quercus dumosa complex. Madro–o
11:234—251.
- ————. 1953.
The relationship between Quercus dumosa and Quercus turbinella.
Madro–o 12:49—60.
- ————. 1980.
Taxonomy of California oaks, p. 19—29. In: T.R. Plumb,
editor, Proceedings of the symposium on the ecology, management, and
utilization of California oaks. USDA, Forest Serv., Pacific Southw. Forest and
Range Exp. Sta., Gen. Tech. Rep. PSW-44.
- ————. 1983.
CaliforniaÕs native oaks. Fremontia 18(3):3—12.
- ————. 1990.
Hybridization in California oaks. Fremontia
18(3):13—19.
- ————, and
M.H. Kimball. 1956. Poisonous plants in the garden. Univ. Calif. Agric. Ext.
Serv., Berkeley. 12 p.
- Turner, B.L. 1956. A cytotaxonomic study of the genus
Hymenopappus [Asteraceae]. Rhodora 58:163—186,
208—242, 250—269, 295—308.
- ————. 1962.
Taxonomy of Hymenothrix [Asteraceae]. Brittonia
4:101—120.
- ————. 1991.
An overview of the North American species of Menodora (Oleaceae).
Phytologia 71:340—356.
- ————, and D.
Horne. 1964. Taxonomy of Machaeranthera sect. Psilactis (Compositae--Astereae). Brittonia 16: 316—331.
- ————, and
M.I. Morris. 1975. New taxa of Palafoxia (Asteraceae: Helenieae).
Madro–o 23:79—80.
- Turner, N.J. 1981. A gift for the taking: the untapped
potential of some food plants of North American native peoples. Canad. J.
Bot. 59:2231-2357.
- Turner, R.M. 1982. Great Basin desertscrub and Mohave
desertscrub, p. 145—168, 329—330. In: D.E. Brown,
editor, Biotic communities of the American Southwest—United States
and Mexico. Desert Plants 4(1—4).
- ————, and
D.E. Brown. 1982. Sonoran desertscrub, p. 181—221,
331—333. In: D.E. Brown, Biotic communities of the American
Southwest—United States and Mexico. Desert Plants 4(1—4).
- Tyler, V.E. 1982. The honest herbal. A sensible guide to
herbs and related remedies. Stickley Co., Philadelphia, Pa. 253 p.
- Udvardy, M.D.F. 1975. World biogeographical provinces.
Co-Evol. Quart. Map, scale l:39,629,000.
- Uhl, C., and R. Moran. 1953. The cytotaxonomy of
Dudleya and Hasseanthus [Crassulaceae]. Amer. J. Bot.
40:492—502.
- Ulrich, L., and S. Lamb. 1994. Wildflowers of California.
Companion Press, Santa Barbara, Calif. 136 p.
- UNESCO-FAO. 1963. A bioclimatic map of the Mediterranean
zone. Explanatory Notes. Arid Land Res.
21:1—26.
- Ungar, I.A. 1974. Inland halophytes of the United States,
p. 235—305. In: R.J. Reimold and W.H. Queen, editors,
Ecology of halophytes. Acad. Press, New York.
- Urbatsch, L.E. 1976. Systematics of the Ericameria
cuneata complex (Compositae: Astereae). Madro–o 23:338—345.
- U.S. Army Pacific Railroad Surveys. 1856. Reports of
explorations and surveys to ascertain the most practicable and economical
route for a railroad from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean. A.O.P.
Nicholson, Printer, Washington, D.C. Vol. 4, Part 5 (The botany of the
expedition by J.M. Bigelow et al.). 193 p., 35 plates.
- ————. 1857
Reports of explorations and surveys to ascertain the most practicable and
economical route for a railroad from the Mississippi River to the Pacific
Ocean. Vol. 7, Part 3 (Botanical report by J. Torrey). Gov. Print. Office,
Washington, D.C.
- ————. 1859.
Report on the United States and Mexico boundary survey. Vol. 2, Part 1. Botany
of the boundary by C.C. Parry and J. Torrey. 270 p., 61 plates, and Cactaceae
Washington, D.C.
- ————. 1871.
Report of the geological exploration of the fortieth parallel. Prof. Papers
Engineer Dept. No. 18, Vol. 5. Botany by S. Watson et al. Gov. Print.
Office, Washington, D.C. 525 p., map, 40 plates.
- ————. 1878.
Report upon United States geographical surveys west of the one hundredth
meridian. Vol. 6--Botany by J.T. Rothrock et al. Gov. Print. Office,
Washington, D.C. 404 p., 30 plates.
- United States Dept. of Agriculture. 1937. Range plant
handbook. Forest Service. 816 p.
- ————. 1941.
California vegetation type map survey. Forest Serv., Calif. Forest and Range
Exp. Sta. Maps by Weislander.
- ————. 1949.
Areas characterized by major forest types in the United States. [map]. Forest
Serv., Washington, D.C.
- ————. 1965.
Silvics of forest trees of the United States. Agric. Handb. No. 271,
Washington, D.C. 762 p.
- ————. 1974.
Seeds of woody plants in the United States. Agric. Handb. No. 450, Washington,
D.C. 883 p.
- ————. 1980.
Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants: review of plant taxa for
listing as endangered or threatened species. Fed Reg. 45:82480—82569.
- ————. 1992.
Families and genera of spermatophytes recognized by the Agricultural Research
Service. USDA, Tech. Bull. No. 1796. 499 p.
- ————. 1995.
Proceedings: wildland shrub and arid land restoration symposium. Forest Serv.,
Intermt. Res. Sta. Gen. Tech. Rep. INT-GTR-315. 384 p.
- ————. 1996a.
Threatened, endangered and sensitive plant program: summary of FY95
accomplishments of the U.S. Forest Serv., Pacific Southw. Reg. R5-BOT-TP-003.
43 p.
- ————. 1996b.
Proceedings of a symposium on oak woodlands: ecology, management, and urban
interface issues. Forest Serv., Pacific Southw. Res. Sta. Gen. Tech. Rep.
PSW-GTR-160. 738 p.
- United States Dept. of the Interior. 1972. Southern
California estuaries and coastal wetlands--endangered environments. USDI,
Portland, Ore.
- United States Fish and Wildlife Service. 1983a. The U.S.
list of endangered and threatened wildlife and plants. Fed. Reg.
48(145):34182—34196.
- ————. 1983b.
Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants: supplement to review of plant
taxa for listing; proposed rule. Fed. Reg.
48(229):53640—53670.
- Van Devender (see Devender).
- Van Dyke (see Dyke).
- Van Horn (see Horn).
- Van Rensselaer (see Rensselaer).
- Vansell, G.H., and J.E. Eckert. 1931. Nectar and pollen
plants of California. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 517 [Revised
by authors in 1941].
- Vasek, F.C. 1964. The evolution of Clarkia
unguiculata derivatives adapted to relatively xeric environments.
Evolution 18:26—42.
- ————. 1977.
Phenotypic variation and adaptation in Clarkia section
Phaeostoma. Syst. Bot. 2:251—279.
- ————. 1982.
Vegetative field guide to perennial plants of southern California. Part l.
Trees, shrubs, sub-shrubs and vines. San Bernardino Co. Mus. Assoc., Redlands,
Calif. 109 p.
- ————. 1985.
Southern California white fir (Pinaceae). Madro–o 32:65—77.
- ————, and
R.F. Thorne. 1977. Transmontane coniferous vegetation, p. 798—832.
In: M.G. Barbour and J. Major, editors, Terrestrial vegetation
of California. John Wiley and Sons, New York.
- Vasey, G. 1881. Trichostema parishii [Lamiaceae]. Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 6:173.
- ————. 1882.
Some new grasses. Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 7:92—93.
- ————. 1883.
New species of grasses. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 10:21.
- ————. 1892.
Grasses of the Pacific Slope, including Alaska and the adjacent islands. USDA,
Div. Bot. Bull. No. 13, Washington, D.C. 49 plates with descriptions.
- Vaughn, P.K., and D. Dunn. 1977. The Lupinus
latifolius Agardh complex. Trans. Missouri Acad. Sci. 10 and
11:89—106.
- Venning, F.D. 1984. A guide to field identification:
wildflowers of North America. Golden Press, New York. 340 p.
- Veno, B. 1979. A revision of the genus Pectocarya (Boraginaceae) including reduction to synonymy of the genus
Harpagonella (Boraginaceae). Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Los Angeles.
201 p.
- Vickery, R.K., Jr. 1952. A study of the genetic
relationships in a sample of the Mimulus guttatus complex. Ph.D.
Thesis, Stanford Univ., Stanford, Calif. 253 p.
- Visco, F.J., and B. Capon. 1970. Pollination mechanisms
in three species of Salvia [Lamiaceae] native to southern California.
Aliso 7:231—242.
- Vogel, V.J. 1970. American Indian medicine. Univ.
Oklahoma Press, Norman, Okla. 585 p.
- Vogl, R.J. 1974. Effects of fire on grasslands, p.
134—194. In: T.T. Kozlowski and C.E. Ahlgren, editors, Fire
and ecosystems. Acad. Press, New York.
- ————. 1981.
Chaparral succession, p. 81—85. In: C.E. Conrad and E.W.C.
Oechel, editors, Proceedings of the symposium on dynamics and management of
Mediterranean-type ecosystems. Pacific Southw. Forest and Range Exp. Sta.,
Berkeley, Calif.
- ————, W.P.
Armstrong, K.L. White, and K.L. Cole. 1988. The closed-cone pines and
cypresses, p. 295—357. In: M.G. Barbour and J. Major,
editors, Terrestrial vegetation of California. John Wiley and Sons, New
York.
- Voss, J.W. 1934. A revisional study of the Phacelia
hispida group [Hydrophyllaceae]. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
33:169—178.
- Wagner, D.H. 1979. Systematics of Polystichum
[Aspleniaceae] in western North America north of Mexico.
Pteridologia 1:1—64.
- Wagner, K.R., F.W. Ewers, and S.D. Davis. 1998. Tradeoffs
between hydraulic efficiency and mechanical strength in the stems of four
co-occurring species of chaparral shrubs. Oecologia 117:53-62.
- Wagner, W.L., R.E. Stockhouse, and W.M. Klein. 1985. The
systematics and evolution of the Oenothera caespitosa species complex
(Onagraceae). Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Gard.
12:l—103.
- Wagnon, H.K. 1952. A revision of the genus Bromus,
section Bromopsis [Poaceae] of North America. Brittonia 7:415—480.
- Wahl, H.A. 1954. A preliminary study of the genus
Chenopodium in North America. Bartonia 27:1—46.
- Walkington, D.L. 1965. Morphological and chemical
evidence for hybridization in some species of Opuntia [Cactaceae]
occurring in southern California. Ph.D. Thesis, Claremont Grad. School,
Claremont, Calif. 298 p.
- Wainwright, C.M. 1972. A preliminary study of the
two-seeded group of Lupines, Microcarpi (Fabaceae). M.A. Thesis,
Claremont Grad. School, Rancho Santa Ana Bot. Gard library. 25 p.
- Walters, D.R. 1977. Rare plants: a consideration, p.
69—80. In: D.R. Walters, M. McLeod, A.G. Meyer, D. Rible,
R.O. Baker, and L. Farwell, editors, Symposium proceedings. Native plants: a
viable option. Calif. Native Plant Soc., Sacramento, Spec. Publ. No. 3.
- Walther, E. 1928. A key to the species of Eucalyptus
[Myrtaceae] grown in California. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.
ser. 4, 17(3):67—87.
- Waring, G. 1986. Getting to North America: the
evolutionary history of creosote bush [Larrea, Zygophyllaceae] in North
America. Agave 2:3—7.
- Warner, R.E., and K.M. Hendrix, editors. 1984. California
riparian systems: ecology, conservation, and productive management. Univ.
Calif. Press, Berkeley.1035 p.
- ————,
and————. 1985. Riparian resources
of the Central Valley and California desert: a report on their nature, history
and status with recommendations for their revitalization and management. Final
draft. Calif. Dept. Fish and Game, Sacramento, Calif.
- Warter, J.K. 1976. Late Pleistocene plant
communities--evidence from the Rancho La Brea tar pits, p. 32—39.
In: J. Latting, editor, Plant communities of southern
California. Calif. Native Plant Soc., Spec. Publ. No. 2.
- Waterfall, U.T. 1958. A taxonomic study of the genus
Physalis [Solanaceae] in North America north of Mexico. Rhodora 60:107—114, 128—142, 152—173.
- Watkins, T.W. 1989. TimeÕs island. Gibbs Smith Publ.,
Layton, Utah.
- Watson, S. 1875. Revision of the genus Ceanothus [Rhamnaceae]. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. X:333—339.
- ————. 1876.
Botanical contributions. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. 11:105—148.
- ————. 1880.
Botany. Vol. 2, In: J.D. Whitney, editor. Geological survey of
California. Univ. Press, Cambridge, Mass.
- ————. 1891.
Contributions to American botany. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. 26:131. [Description here of overlooked Zostera pacifica S.
Watson].
- Watson, T.J., Jr. 1977. The taxonomy of Xylorhiza (Asteraceae--Astereae). Brittonia 29:199—216.
- Webb, A., and S. Carlquist. 1964. Leaf anatomy as an
indicator of Salvia apiana-mellifera introgression. Aliso 5:437—449.
- Weber, W.A. 1946. Taxonomic and cytological study of
Wyethia [Asteraceae]. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 35:400—452.
- Webber, J.M. 1953. Yuccas of the southwest. USDA Agric.
Monogr. 17:1097.
- ————. 1960.
Hybridization and instability of Yucca [Agavaceae]. Madro–o
15:187—192.
- Webster, G. 1983. Botany 102 Handbook for California
floristics. An album of rare, curious, and familiar California vascular
plants, native and introduced, with comments on their systematic affinities.
5th ed. Herbarium Press, Dept. Botany, Univ. Calif., Davis. 175 p.
- Weight, L. 1957. Chia: Ômagic foodÕ [Salvia
columbariae, Lamiaceae] from AmericaÕs past. Pacific Disc. 10(1):4—10.
- ————, H.
Weight, and I.L. Wiggins. 1956. Seven trees of the desert. Pacific
Disc. 9(2):4—14, 18—21.
- Weil, J.D., and R.W. Allard. 1964. The mating system and
genetic variability in natural populations of Collinsia heterophylla.
Evolution 18:515—525.
- Weiler, J.H. 1962. A systematic study of the genus
Downingia [Campanulaceae]. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Berkeley. 189
p.
- Wells, H. 1983. Hybridization and genetic recombination
of Cirsium californicum and C. occidentale (Asteraceae:
Cardueae). Madro–o 30:123—30.
- Wells, P.V. 1968. New taxa, combinations, and chromosome
numbers in Arctostaphylos (Ericaceae). Madro–o
19:193—210.
- ————. 1969.
The relation between mode of reproduction and extent of speciation in the
woody genera of the California chaparral. Evolution 23:264—267.
- ————. 1976.
Macrofossil analysis of wood rat [Neotoma] middens as a key to the
Quarternary vegetational history of arid America. Quaternary Res. 6:223—248.
- ————. 1979.
An equable glaciopluvial in the West: pleniglacial evidence of increased
precipitation on a gradient from the Great Basin to the Sonoran and Chihuahuan
deserts. Quaternary Res. 12:311—325.
- ————. 1986.
Systematics and distribution of pinyons in the late Quartenary, p.
104—108. In: R.L. Everett, compiler,
Proceedings-pinyon-juniper conference, Intermt. Res. Sta., USDA Forest Serv.,
Ogden, Utah.
- ————. 1987.
The leafy-bracted, crown-sprouting manzanitas, an ancestral group in
Arctostaphylos [Ericaceae]. Four Seasons
7(4):4—27.
- ————. 1988.
New combinations in Arctostaphylos (Ericaceae): annotated list of
changes in status. Madro–o 35:330—341.
- ————. 1992a.
Four new species of Arctostaphylos from southern California and Baja
California. Four Seasons 9(2):44—53.
- ————. 1992b.
Subgenera and sections of Arctostaphylos. Four Seasons 9(2):64—69.
- ————. 1995.
Recognizing the new single-leaf pinyon pine (Pinus californiarum Bailey) of southern California. Four Seasons 10(1):53—58.
- ————, and
J.H. Hunziker. 1976. Origin of the creosote bush (Larrea) deserts of
southwestern North America. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
63:843—861.
- ————, and
C.D. Jorgenson. 1964. Pleistocene wood rat middens and climatic change in
Mohave Desert, a record of juniper woodlands. Science 143:1171—1174.
- Went, F.W. 1948. Some parallels between desert and alpine
flora in California. Madro–o 9:241—249.
- ————. 1953.
Comparison between the flora of Israel and southern California. Lasca
Leaves 3:52—53.
- Westman, W.E. 1979. A potential role of coastal sage
scrub understories in the recovery of chaparral after fire. Madro–o 26:64—68.
- ————. 1981a.
Diversity relations and succession in Californian coastal sage scrub.
Ecology 33:170—184.
- ————. 1981b.
Factors influencing the distribution of species of Californian coastal sage
scrub. Ecology 62:439—455.
- ————. 1982.
Coastal sage succession, p. 91-99. In: C.E. Conrad and W.C. Oechel,
editors, Proceedings of the symposium on dynamics and management of
Mediterranean ecosystems. USDA, Pacific Southw. Forest and Range Exp. Sta.
Gen. Tech. Rep. PSW-58, Berkeley, Calif.
- ————. 1983.
Xeric Mediterranean-type shrubland associations of Alta and Baja California
and the community/continuum debate. Vegetatio 52:3—19.
- ————. 1990.
Pacific coastal shrublands of the U.S.-Mexican borderlands: characteristics
and conservation challenges, p. 381—391. In: P. Ganster and
H. Walter, editors, Environmental hazards and bioresource management in the
United States-Mexico borderlands. Univ. Calif., Los Angeles, UCLA Latin Amer.
Center Publ.
- ————, and
G.P. Malanson. 1992. Effects of climate change on Mediterranean-type
ecosystems in California and Baja California, p. 258—276.
In: R.L. Peters and T.E. Lovejoy, editors, Global warming and
biological diversity. Yale Univ. Press, New Haven, Conn.
- ————, and
J.F. O'Leary. 1986. Measures of resilience: the response of coastal sage scrub
to fire. Vegetatio 65:179—189.
- ————,
————, and G.P. Malanson. 1981. The
effects of fire intensity, aspect and substrate on post-fire growth of
Californian coastal sage scrub, p. 151—179. In: N.S.
Margaris and H.S. Mooney, editors, Components of productivity of
Mediterranean-climate regions-basic and applied aspects. Dr. W. Junk, The
Hague, Netherlands.
- Whalen, M.A. 1977. Taxonomy of Bebbia (Compositae:
Heliantheae). Madro–o 24:112—123.
- ————. 1987.
Systematics of Frankenia (Frankeniaceae) in North and South America.
Amer. Soc. Plant Tax. Syst. Bot. Monogr.
17:1—93.
- Wheeler, J. 1988. Recent ecological investigations and
present status of the endangered Santa Ana River wooly-star, Eriastrum
densifolium ssp. sanctorum (Milliken) Mason [Polemoniaceae].
Crossosoma l4(3):l—17.
- Wheeler, L.C. 1934. California Euphorbia notes.
Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 33:105—111.
- ————. 1936.
Euphorbia in the Pacific states. Bull. S. Calif. Acad. Sci.
35:127—147.
- ————. 1938.
Notes on Plantago [Plantaginaceae] in the Pacific states. Amer.
Midl. Naturalist 20:331—333.
- ————. 1942.
Amaranthus powellii in California. Leafl. W. Bot.
3:185—187.
- Wherry, E.T. 1944. Collomia [Polemoniaceae].
Amer. Midl. Naturalist 31:216—231.
- ————. 1955.
The genus Phlox [Polemoniaceae]. Monogr. Morris Arbor. 3:1—174.
- Whipple, A.W. 1961. The Whipple report. Journal of an
expedition from San Diego, California to the Rio Colorado, from Sept. 11 to
Dec. 11, 1849. Westernlore Press, Los Angeles.
- White, S.D. 1995. Disturbance and dynamics in coastal
sage scrub. Fremontia 23(4):9—16.
- ————. 1997.
Clarification of three Camissonia boothii [Onagraceae] subspecies'
distributions in California. Madro–o 44:106—108.
- ————, and
M.D. Wilcox. 1996. Noteworthy collections: California [Androstephium
breviflorum, Claytonia lanceolata, Nicotiana acuminata, and
Ranunculus sceleratus]. Madro–o 43:334—336.
- Wiens, D. 1964. Revision of the acataphyllous species of
Phoradendron. Brittonia 16:11-54.
- ————, and M.
DeDecker. 1972. Rare natural hybridization in Phoradendron (Viscaceae).
Madro–o 21:395—402.
- Wieslander, A.E. 1932-1943. Vegetation types of
California (exclusive of deserts and cultivated lands) [series of 23 maps at
1:62,500 (15 minute quadrangle) and 1:125,000 (30 minute quadrangle) scales
prepared during the Vegetation Type Map (VTM) survey of California during
1930-1934, under the direction of A.E. Wieslander]. Pacific Southw. Forest and
Range Exp. Sta., Berkeley.
- ————. 1935. A
vegetation type map of California. Madro–o 3:140—144.
- ————, and
J.A. Jensen. 1945. Vegetation types of California (map). USDA, Forest Serv.,
Calif. Forest and Range Exp. Sta., Berkeley.
- ————, and
————. 1946. Forest areas, timber
volumes and vegetation types in California. USDA, Forest Serv., Calif. Forest
and Range Exp. Sta., Forest Survey Release 4. 66 p.
- ————, and B.
Schreiber. 1939. Notes on the genus Arctostaphylos [Ericaceae].
Madro–o 5:38—47.
- Wiggins, I.L. 1944. Notes on the plants of northern Baja
California. Contr. Dudley Herb, Stanford Univ.
3:289—312.
- ————. 1950.
New combinations under Fagonia californica [Zygophyllaceae].
Contr. Dudley Herb. 4:19.
- ————. 1974a.
Carl Brandt Wolf. Fremontia 2(2):22.
- ————. 1974b.
Carl Brandt Wolf, 1905-1974. Madro–o 22:393—396.
- ————. 1980.
Flora of Baja California. Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, Calif. 1025
p.
- Wilcox, E.N. 1902. Stipa hassei [Poaceae] not a
good species. Bot. Gaz. (Crawfordsville) 34:66,
fig.
- Wilken, D.H. 1972a. A nomenclatural revision of the
Hulsea vestita complex [Asteraceae]. Aliso 7:413.
- ————. 1972b.
Seasonal dimorphism in Baccharis glutinosa (Compositae). Madro–o 21:113—119.
- ————. 1975a.
A systematic study of the genus Hulsea (Asteraceae). Brittonia 27:228—244.
- ————. 1975b.
Collomia tinctoria (Polemoniaceae) in southern California.
Madro–o 23:100.
- ————. 1995.
Flowers in the garden: what next for California floristics? Madro–o 42:142—153.
- Wilkins, M. 1976. California dye plants. Thresh Publ.,
Santa Rosa, Calif. 46 p.
- Williams, E.W. 1957. The genus Malacothrix (Compositae). Amer. Midl. Naturalist
58:494—512.
- Williams, R.B., and K.L. Bell. 1981. Nitrogen allocation
in Mojave Desert winter annuals. Oecologia 48:145—150.
- Wilson, C.G. 1956. Alice EastwoodÕs wonderland: the
adventures of a botanist. Calif. Acad. Sci., San Francisco. 222 p.
- Wilson, F.D. 1963. Revision of Sitanion [Poaceae].
Brittonia 15:303—323.
- Wilson, R.C. 1972. Abronia: I. Distribution,
ecology and habit of nine species of Abronia [Nyctaginaceae] found in
California. Aliso 7:421—437.
- ————. 1974.
Abronia: II. Anthocarp polymorphism and anatomy for nine species of
Abronia found in California. Aliso 8:113—128.
- ————. 1975.
Abronia: III. Pericarp and seed coat anatomy and its ecological
implications for nine species of Abronia. Aliso 8:289—299.
- Witham, C.W., editor. 1998. Ecology, conservation, and
management of vernal pool ecosystems. Calif. Native Plant Soc. Press,
Sacramento. 296 p.
- Wolf, C.B. 1930. A systematic and distributional study of
the New World species of Rhamnus [Rhamnaceae]. Ph.D. Thesis, Stanford
Univ., Stanford, Calif. 95 p.
- ————. 1935b.
Observations on Baccharis pilularis DC. [Asteraceae]. Occ. Pap. Rancho
Santa Ana Bot. Gard. 1:17—29.
- ————. 1935c,
1938a. California plant notes. I. Occ. Papers Rancho Santa Ana Bot. Gard. ser.
1(1):31—43 (1935); II. idem 1(2):44—90 (1938).
- ————. 1938b.
The North American species of Rhamnus. Rancho Santa Ana Bot. Gard.
Monogr. Ser. 1: l—136.
- ————. 1939.
Hybrids of the California flora. [Presented Pacific Sect. Bot. Soc. Amer.].
Mimeogr., 7 pp.
- ————. 1944a.
Joshua trees, oaks, and buckeyes--a report on their crop production and
possible utilization. Mimeogr., 48 pp.
- ————. 1945.
California wild tree crops. Rancho Santa Ana Bot. Gard., Santa Ana Ca–on,
Orange Co., Calif. 68 p.
- ————. 1948.
The New World cypresses. Part I. Taxonomic and distributional studies. El
Aliso 1:1—250, 325—444.
- ————. 1963.
The species of Zizyphus [Rhamnaceae] indigenous to United States and
Mexico. Amer. J. Bot. 50:l020—1027.
- ————, and
W.E. Wagener. 1948. The New World cypresses [Cupressaceae]. El Aliso 1:1—444.
- Wolfe, J. A. 1969. Neogene floristic and vegetational
history of the Pacific Northwest. Madro–o 20:83—110.
- Wood, C.E. 1961. A study of hybridization in
Downingia (Campanulaceae). J. Arnold Arbor. 42:219—262.
- Wood, D.M. 1982. Elevational variation in Calyptridium
monospermum [Portulacaceae]. M.A. Thesis, Calif. State Univ., Fresno. 32
p.
- Woodland, D.W. 1982. Biosystematics of the perennial
North American taxa of Urtica [Urticaceae]. II. Taxonomy. Syst.
Bot. 7:282—290.
- Woodson, R.E., Jr. 1928. A monograph of the genus
Amsonia [Apocynaceae]. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
15:379—434.
- ————. 1954.
The North American species of Asclepias L. Ann. Missouri Bot.
Gard. 41:1—211.
- Woolfolk, E.J., and J.N. Reppert. 1963. Then and now:
changes in California annual type range vegetation. USDA, Forest Serv.,
Pacific Southw. Forest and Range Exp. Sta., Res. Note
PSW-24:1—9.
- Wright, C.D. 1987. The relief of the soil-rock interface
and its effect on plant cover in southern California chaparral. M.A. Thesis,
San Diego State Univ., San Diego, Calif. 77 p.
- Wright, R.D. 1979. Landscaping with natives in southern
California. Fremontia 7(2):20—24.
- Wyant, R.L. 1939. The taxonomy and distribution of the
Sanguinea section of Pacific Coast Ribes [Grossulariaceae]. M.A.
Thesis, Stanford Univ., Stanford, Calif. 42 p.
- Yabuno, T. 1966. Biosystematic study of the genus
Echinochloa (Gramineae). J. Jap. Bot.
19:277—323.
- Yang, T.W., and C.H. Lowe. 1956. Correlation of major
vegetation climaxes with soil characteristics in the Sonoran Desert.
Science 123:542.
- ————, and
————. 1968. Chromosome variation
in ecotypes of Larrea divaricata [Zygophyllaceae] in the North American
desert. Madro–o 19:161—164.
- Yanovsky, E. 1936. Food plants of the American Indians.
USDA Misc. Publ. 237:1—84.
- Yatskievych, G., and C.T. Mason, Jr. 1986. A revision of
the Lennoaceae. Syst. Bot. 11:531—548.
- Yeaton, R. I., E. Layendecker, K.S. Sly, and R. Echert.
1983. Microhabitat differences between Opuntia parryi and O.
littoralis (Cactaceae) in the mixed chaparral-inland coastal sage
association. Southw. Naturalist 28:215—220.
- Young, D.A. 1974a. Introgressive hybridization in two
southern California species of Rhus (Anacardiaceae). Brittonia 26:241—255.
- ————. 1974b.
Taxonomic and nomenclatural notes on Rhus integrifolia and Rhus
ovata (Anacardiaceae). Madro–o 22:286—289.
- Young, J.A., R.A. Evans, and J. Major. 1977. Sagebrush
steppe, p. 736—796. In: M.G. Barbour and J. Major,
editors, Terrestrial vegetation of California. John Wiley and Sons, New
York.
- Yuncker, T.G. 1932. The genus Cuscuta [Convolvulaceae]. Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 18:113—331.
- Zahary, R.G., editor. Desert Ecology 1986: A Research
Symposium. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. and S. Calif. Desert Studies Consortium, Los
Angeles.
- Zahlbruckner, A. 1900. Beitrage zur Flechtenflora
Sud-Californiens. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club
27:642—647.
- Zavarin, E., K. Snajberk, and R. Debry. 1980. Terpenoid
and morphological variability of Pinus quadrifolia and its natural
hybridization with Pinus monophylla in northern Baja California and
adjoining United States. Biochem. Syst. Ecol.
8:225—235.
- Zedler, J.A.B. 1982. The ecology of southern California
coastal salt marshes: a community profile. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Biol.
Serv. Program, Washington, D.C. FRS/OBIS-81/54.
- Zedler, P.H. 1977. life history attributes of plants and
the fire cycle: a case study in California chaparral dominated by Cupressus
forbesii, p. 451—458. In: H.A. Mooney and C.E. Conrad,
technical coordinators, Environmental consequences of fire and fuel management
in Mediterranean ecosystems. USDA, Forest Serv. Gen. Tech. Rep. WO-3,
Washington, D.C.
- ————. 1987.
The ecology of southern California vernal pools: a community profile. U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Serv., Biol. Rep. 85(7.11).
- ————. 1990.
life histories of vernal pool vascular plants, p. 123—146.
In: D.H. Ikeda and R.A. Schlising, editors, Vernal pool plants: their
habitat and biology. Calif. State Univ., Chico, Studies from the Herbarium,
No. 8.
- ————. 1995.
Plant life history and dynamic specialization in the chaparral/coastal sage
shrub flora in southern California, p. 89—115. In: M.T.
Kalin Arroyo, P.H. Zedler, and M.D. Fox, editors, Ecology and biogeography of
Mediterranean ecosystems in Chile, California, and Australia. Springer-Verlag,
New York.
- ————, C.R.
Gautier, and G.S. McMaster. 1983. Vegetation change in response to extreme
events: the effect of a short interval between fires in California chaparral
and coastal scrub. Ecology 64:809—818.
- Zembal, and K.J. Kramer. 1984. The known distribution and
unknown future of Santa Ana River wooly-star (Eriastrum)
[Polemoniaceae]. Crossosoma 10:1—8.
- ————, and
————. 1985. The status of the
Santa Ana River woolly-star [Eriastrum, Polemoniaceae].
Fremontia 13(3):19—20.
- Zenan, A.J. 1967. Site differences and the
microdistributions of chaparral species. M.A. Thesis, Univ. Calif., Los
Angeles. 89 p.
- Zobel, B. 1951. The natural hybrid between Coulter and
Jeffrey pines. Evolution 5:405—413.
- ————. 1953.
Geographic range and intraspecific variation of Coulter Pine. Madro–o
12:1—7.
- Zomlefer, W.B. 1994. Guide to flowering plant families.
Univ. North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill. 430 p.
- Zuill, H. 1967. Structure of two cover types of southern
oak woodland in California. M.A. Thesis, Loma linda Univ., Loma linda, Calif.
43 p.